Quarterlytics / Impellam Group plc

Impellam Group plc

ipel · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker ipel
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Impellam Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 
and Accounts
2020

IMPELLAM GROUP PLC

I

M

P

E

L

L

A

M

G

R

O

U

P

P

L

C

_

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

_

2

0

2

0

 
 
 
 
 
 
Impellam Group plc_annual report and accounts_2020

STRATEGIC REPORT

The Company

Impellam is a leading 
Global talent acquisition 
and managed Workforce 
solutions provider

STRATEGIC REPORT

1_  progress and performance
2_ 
Impellam at a glance
4_  chairman’s statement
6_  ceo review
14_  our business model
16_  Key performance indicators
18_  performance reviews
26_  cFo review
30_   principal risks
34_   stakeholder engagement  

and our s172 statement

37_   responsible business

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

41_  Governance report
42_  Board of directors
44_  Qca code compliance
46_  corporate governance statement
52_  directors’ report
55_   statement of directors’ responsibilities 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent auditor’s report

57_ 
66_  consolidated income statement
67_  consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income
68_  consolidated balance sheet
69_  consolidated statement of changes  

in equity

70_  Consolidated cash flow statement
71_  Notes to the consolidated financial 

statements

113_  company balance sheet
114_  statement of changes in equity
115_  notes to the company balance sheet
120_  alternative performance measures
122_  Glossary
124_  company information

Alternative Performance Measures

Words with the symbol Δ are defined in the Alternative
performance measures section of the annual report on
page 120.

Our Managed Services providers 
are supported by talent-focused 
Specialist Staffing brands with deep 
heritages, vertical sector expertise 
and loyal candidate networks. Clients 
across the world trust us to deliver 
Managed Services and Specialist 
Staffing in the UK, North America, 
Australasia and Europe. Working with 
them are 2,500 Impellam people, 
bringing a wealth of expertise 
through our 14 market-leading 
brands across 76 locations. Every 
year, we connect carefully chosen 
candidates with good work at all 
levels. They include technology and 
digital specialists, scientists, clinical 
experts, engineers, nurses, doctors, 

lawyers, teachers, receptionists, 
drivers, chefs, administrators, 
warehouse and call centre 
operatives. 

Underpinning everything we do is 
our Virtuoso strategy which 
recognises it is our people who make 
the difference. Virtuosos make and 
deliver on promises and grow with 
their customers through sector, 
service or international expansion, 
which ensures there is never a need 
for a customer or candidate to leave 
Impellam. Impellam is the seventh1 
largest Global Talent Acquisition and 
Managed Workforce Solutions 
provider in the world. 

OUR VISION
To be the world’s most trusted staffing company  
– trusted by our people, our customers and our investors  
in equal measure.

OUR MISSION
To provide fulfilment and a sense of purpose for  
our people and help our customers build better  
businesses in a changing world.

For more information visit
www.impellam.com

1 By revenue (2019 published numbers)

Progress and performance

Headlines

A robust performance in the face of substantial global challenges to the 
business from the Covid-19 pandemic, with Group revenue down 11.3% at 
£2.0bn (2019: £2.3bn) and adjusted operating profitΔ reduced to £18.2m 
(2019: £31.1m after including separately disclosed items). Significant progress 
against strategy delivered in the period to enable our Virtuosos, transform 
our portfolio and improve our resilience, ready for when we emerge from 
the pandemic.

OPERATIONAL
1.  A swift and decisive response to the global pandemic, keeping our people 

safe, moving to home working overnight and ensuring uninterrupted service 
for customers and candidates. 

2.  Accelerating our strategy through Covid-19 and re-organising our business 
to ensure we were well placed to adapt with speed and agility to volatile 
and uncertain markets. 

3.  Administered the UK Government’s Job Retention Scheme, supporting the 
payment of more than 5,000 furloughed temporary workers to ensure their 
continuity of income. In addition, 800 Impellam colleagues were furloughed 
during the year to protect jobs for the long term.

FINANCIAL
1.  Gross profit decline of 16.8%, primarily in Q2 during extensive global 

lockdowns. The UK was hit hardest with gross profit down 21.5% whilst 
APAC and North America showed more resilience, falling by 16.9% and 4.5% 
respectively (on a constant exchange rate basis).

2.  Global Managed Services, representing nearly a third of the Group’s gross 
profit, withstood the market challenges better than other segments, with 
gross profit declining by 8.6% (on a constant exchange rate basis).

3.  Temporary recruitment, which represents 91.4% of gross profit, decreased 
by 13.2%. Lockdowns had a significant impact on Permanent recruitment, 
which was also slower to recover when restrictions eased, leading to a 
decline of 42.4%.

4.  A relentless focus on costs included headcount reductions, salary reductions, 
furloughing of staff, support from government schemes and the curtailment 
of discretionary spend, resulting in total savings of £33.1m in the year.

5.  The benefits of Q4 2019 headcount reductions flowed through the year, 

with a further 500 headcount reduction across 2020. 

6.  A solid result despite adverse and challenging conditions globally with 

adjusted operating profitΔ of £18.2m (2019: £31.1m).

7.  Non-cash impairment charges on acquired goodwill and intangibles of 
£22.2m, reflecting the impact of Covid-19, leading to an operating loss 
of £15.0m (2019: £13.9m profit).

8.  Net debt was reduced by £72.5m to £26.3m (2019: £98.8m). £48.0m of the 
reduction comprised of deferred UK VAT payments and US federal tax 
payments. Pre-IFRS 16 net debt of £4.1m (2019: £72.3m) brought the 
covenant leverage ratio to less than 1x (2019: 1.74x). 

GROUP REVENUE_£m
£2,000.9m

2020

2019

2018

2,000.9  

2,254.8  

2,267.3  

GROUP GROSS  
PROFIT_£m
£228.1m

2020

2019

2018

228.1

274.1  

277.5  

GROUP ADJUSTED 
OPERATING 
PROFITΔ_£m
£18.2m

18.2  

2020

2019

2018

31.1  

35.7

GROUP OPERATING 
PROFIT_£m
£(15.0)m

2020

2019

2018

(15.0)

13.9  

22.5  

GROUP NET DEBT 
(BEFORE IFRS 16)_£m
£(4.1)m

2020

2019

2018

(4.1)  

(72.3)  

(71.7)  

GROUP NET CASH 
GENERATED FROM 
OPERATIONS_£m
£94.5m

2020

2019

2018

  49.5

  33.4

94.5

For more information
Glossary: page_122

As a result of the adoption of IFRS 16 in the previous financial year, the Group has adopted adjusted operating profit, in place of adjusted EBITDA, as its Alternative Performance Measure,  
to include depreciation and amortisation of assets but excluding amortisation of acquired intangibles. 

Page_1

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Impellam at a glance

our operating 
segments

GLOBAL TALENT ACQUISITION AND 
MANAGED WORKFORCE SOLUTIONS

our Global Talent Acquisition and Managed Workforce 
Solutions (Global Managed Services (‘GMS’)) businesses 
design, implement, coordinate and report on the 
whole staffing process through the provision of 
multi-disciplinary services. This includes all forms of 
partial and complete outsourcing, allowing our 
customers to focus on building better businesses. 
Long-term contracts with public, private and not-for-
profit high road customers provide high visibility of 
future earnings. 

There are two brands within this portfolio: Comensura 
and Guidant Global, engaged in providing full-scale, 
multi-disciplinary Managed Services around the world.

GLOBAL SPECIALIST STAFFING

REGIONAL SPECIALIST STAFFING

HEALTHCARE

our Global Specialist Staffing (‘GSS’) businesses 
operate across the UK, US and Europe and partner with 
international customers through the provision of 
specialist workers for permanent, temporary contract, 
fixed-price work and statement of work directly, or in 
collaboration with one of our Managed Services 
businesses in the portfolio. Dedicated teams provide 
scientific, clinical, technology, telecommunications and 
digital specialists. our integrated model and 
collaborative culture allow these teams to employ an 
agile, flexible approach. They deliver market-leading 
sector expertise that builds better businesses and 
supports our customers’ needs on a global scale.

our Global Specialist Staffing brands include the 
technology and telecommunications brand Lorien, and 
our life sciences brand, SRG. S.com and onezeero were 
rebranded to Lorien in 2020 to form a global business.

our Regional Specialist Staffing (‘RSS’) businesses in 

Medacs Global Group (‘MGG’) is a leading international 

the UK and US leverage our deep heritage, sector 

expertise and extensive network of specialist 

healthcare workforce solutions provider operating 

under a variety of brands including Medacs Healthcare, 

candidates to provide expert recruitment services and 

Global Medics, Doctors on Call, Fast Response 

fulfilled, engaged workers for our customers. our 

Healthcare and Litmus Workforce Solutions. MGG 

dedicated teams build better businesses by providing 

provides healthcare staffing, managed services, staff 

centre operatives, mechanical and product engineers, 

Within its healthcare brands, MGG delivers locum, 

people for permanent, temporary contract and 

fixed-price work; from the supply of warehouse 

workers to production technicians, secretaries, call 

IT specialists, lawyers, drivers, teachers and chefs. 

Tate, Carbon60, Celsian, Career Teachers, Flexy and 

Chadwick Nott in the UK, and Bartech Staffing and 

Corestaff in the US.

bank, occupational health, social care, home care 

services and eHealth solutions.

temporary and permanent doctors, nurses and allied 

health professionals. It is the largest provider of locum 

of specialist healthcare managed services outside of 

the US. With operations across the UK, Ireland, the 

Middle East, India, Australia and New Zealand, MGG 

enables customers to deliver outstanding care globally.

our Regional Specialist Staffing brands are Blue Arrow, 

doctors to the NHS in the UK and is the largest supplier 

OPERATING PERFORMANCE
REVENUE_£m
2020

709.7  

OPERATING PERFORMANCE
REVENUE_£m
2020

523.2  

2019

2018

757.1  

715.8  

£709.7m

2019

2018

649.1  

682.2   £523.2m

GROSS PROFIT_£m
2020

70.9  

GROSS PROFIT_£m
45.8  
2020

2019

2018

78.0  

75.5  

£70.9m

2019

2018

55.5  

54.9   £45.8m

For more information
page_18

For more information
page_20

Page_2

OPERATING PERFORMANCE

OPERATING PERFORMANCE

REVENUE_£m

REVENUE_£m

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

GROSS PROFIT_£m

69.6  

581.5  

650.3  

682.2  

£581.5m

94.0  

97.8  

£69.6m

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

GROSS PROFIT_£m

231.3  

245.8  

247.0  

41.8  

46.6  

49.3  

£231.3m

£41.8m

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
GROSS PROFIT BY SEGMENT_£m

£228.1m

Global Managed Services
Global Specialist Staffing
Regional Specialist Staffing
Healthcare

GLOBAL SPECIALIST STAFFING

REGIONAL SPECIALIST STAFFING

HEALTHCARE

our Regional Specialist Staffing (‘RSS’) businesses in 
the UK and US leverage our deep heritage, sector 
expertise and extensive network of specialist 
candidates to provide expert recruitment services and 
fulfilled, engaged workers for our customers. our 
dedicated teams build better businesses by providing 
people for permanent, temporary contract and 
fixed-price work; from the supply of warehouse 
workers to production technicians, secretaries, call 
centre operatives, mechanical and product engineers, 
IT specialists, lawyers, drivers, teachers and chefs. 

our Regional Specialist Staffing brands are Blue Arrow, 
Tate, Carbon60, Celsian, Career Teachers, Flexy and 
Chadwick Nott in the UK, and Bartech Staffing and 
Corestaff in the US.

Medacs Global Group (‘MGG’) is a leading international 
healthcare workforce solutions provider operating 
under a variety of brands including Medacs Healthcare, 
Global Medics, Doctors on Call, Fast Response 
Healthcare and Litmus Workforce Solutions. MGG 
provides healthcare staffing, managed services, staff 
bank, occupational health, social care, home care 
services and eHealth solutions.

Within its healthcare brands, MGG delivers locum, 
temporary and permanent doctors, nurses and allied 
health professionals. It is the largest provider of locum 
doctors to the NHS in the UK and is the largest supplier 
of specialist healthcare managed services outside of 
the US. With operations across the UK, Ireland, the 
Middle East, India, Australia and New Zealand, MGG 
enables customers to deliver outstanding care globally.

OPERATING PERFORMANCE
REVENUE_£m
2020

581.5  

2019

2018

650.3  

682.2  

£581.5m

GROSS PROFIT_£m
2020

69.6  

2019

2018

For more information
page_22

94.0  

97.8  

£69.6m

OPERATING PERFORMANCE

REVENUE_£m
2020

2019

2018

231.3  

245.8  

247.0  

GROSS PROFIT_£m

2020

2019

2018

41.8  

46.6  

49.3  

For more information
page_24

£231.3m

£41.8m

Page_3

our Global Talent Acquisition and Managed Workforce 

our Global Specialist Staffing (‘GSS’) businesses 

Solutions (Global Managed Services (‘GMS’)) businesses 

operate across the UK, US and Europe and partner with 

GLOBAL TALENT ACQUISITION AND 

MANAGED WORKFORCE SOLUTIONS

design, implement, coordinate and report on the 

whole staffing process through the provision of 

multi-disciplinary services. This includes all forms of 

partial and complete outsourcing, allowing our 

customers to focus on building better businesses. 

Long-term contracts with public, private and not-for-

profit high road customers provide high visibility of 

future earnings. 

and Guidant Global, engaged in providing full-scale, 

multi-disciplinary Managed Services around the world.

international customers through the provision of 

specialist workers for permanent, temporary contract, 

fixed-price work and statement of work directly, or in 

collaboration with one of our Managed Services 

businesses in the portfolio. Dedicated teams provide 

scientific, clinical, technology, telecommunications and 

digital specialists. our integrated model and 

collaborative culture allow these teams to employ an 

agile, flexible approach. They deliver market-leading 

supports our customers’ needs on a global scale.

our Global Specialist Staffing brands include the 

technology and telecommunications brand Lorien, and 

our life sciences brand, SRG. S.com and onezeero were 

rebranded to Lorien in 2020 to form a global business.

There are two brands within this portfolio: Comensura 

sector expertise that builds better businesses and 

OPERATING PERFORMANCE

OPERATING PERFORMANCE

REVENUE_£m

GROSS PROFIT_£m

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

709.7  

757.1  

715.8  

70.9  

78.0  

75.5  

£709.7m

£70.9m

REVENUE_£m

523.2  

GROSS PROFIT_£m

45.8  

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

649.1  

682.2   £523.2m

55.5  

54.9   £45.8m

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Chairman’s statement

A year of  
transformation

Lord Ashcroft KCMG PC
Chairman 

“ THE RESPONSE  
OF OUR PEOPLE  
WAS EXEMPLARY, 
ADAPTING TO 
WORK FROM  
HOME ALMOST 
OVERNIGHT.”

We saw one change to the Impellam Board in 2020. Tim Briant 
joined the Group on 1 october 2019 and was appointed to the 
Board on 3 February 2020 as Group Chief Financial officer.

our investment in people and technology proved an essential 
element in our response to new ways of working and 
collaborating during the pandemic and we will continue to 
enhance our IT infrastructure, systems and digital capabilities 
to ensure we are well prepared for the opportunities the year 
ahead will bring.

We entered 2020 in a strong position following the moves we 
made in 2019; however, the world changed very quickly during 
the first quarter. The pandemic created uncertain market 
conditions, restrictions on our lives and corporate activities, 
and caused illness and bereavement amongst our customers, 
candidates and colleagues. The response of our people was 
exemplary, adapting to work from home almost overnight 
to deliver an uninterrupted service to our customers 
and candidates.

on behalf of the Board, I would like to thank our shareholders 
for their continued support and our people for their hard work 
and contribution during this challenging time. Julia and her 
team reacted decisively to secure the business, control costs 
and manage cash and, at the same time, continued to focus on 
our transformation to a streamlined, integrated business to 
ensure we emerge from the pandemic a stronger, leaner and 
more resilient organisation.

Page_4

STRATEGIC REPORTVirtuosity in action

2020 WAS THE YEAR VIRTUOSITY  
CAME INTO ITS OWN. 
Virtuosity is a mindset that sees opportunities where others 
do not. Virtuosos look ahead to see how customers’ and 
candidates’ needs are changing and are always ready to 
adapt and innovate. Covid-19 presented the perfect, 
challenging environment to test our Virtuoso philosophy 
and our people. I am incredibly proud of how they have 
responded with resilience, perseverance and open- 
mindedness to extreme change both at work and at home. 
We adapted to working at home overnight, we continued to 
place large volumes of people into new and fulfilling work 
and we enjoyed a successful sales year, winning and 
implementing new managed services accounts remotely 
whilst supporting each other and our communities.

our Virtuosos have demonstrated the power of our 
collective knowledge, mindset and experience as we 
stepped up to supply huge numbers of key workers and 
differentiated technology solutions in our response to 
the national Covid demands, collaborating across Impellam 
to deliver the right service to our customers. This included 
supporting Ambulance Services and the Nightingale 
Hospitals, vaccination programmes and helping our 
customers pivot their production lines to make PPE. 
It has been a year of Virtuosity in action.

Impellam’s  
digital society

AS SOON AS LOCKDOWNS WERE ANNOUNCED  
BY REGIONAL GOVERNMENTS, OUR IT TEAMS 
TOOK SWIFT ACTION TO ENSURE OUR GLOBAL 
WORKFORCE WAS ABLE TO WORK EFFECTIVELY 
FROM HOME. 
Almost overnight, our people adapted to a new virtual 
world, where recruitment and on-boarding all took place 
online, and our internal collaboration platform, Workplace, 
came into its own to support communications between 
teams and colleagues.  

As part of our strategy to improve resilience, a significant 
investment in our core systems and digital technology is 
planned over the coming year, moving systems to the 
cloud and further digitalising the way we work using AI, 
automation and mobile solutions to support fast-changing 
ways of working for both customers and candidates. 

Page_5

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

CEO review

2020 was a year 
like no other

Julia Robertson
Group Chief Executive Officer 

“ WE DELIVERED 
ROBUST FINANCIAL 
RESULTS, 
RESTRUCTURED 
OUR BUSINESS IN 
LINE WITH OUR 
STRATEGY AND 
STREAMLINED OUR 
ORGANISATION.”

OPERATING REVIEW
The impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on our business was 
dramatic. It impacted demand for our services – both positively 
and negatively – changed the way we communicated with 
clients, candidates and colleagues, and challenged our thinking 
and the way we operate. Against this backdrop, we delivered 
robust financial results, restructured our business in line with 
our strategy and streamlined our organisation. I am immensely 
proud of what we have achieved and the resilience, 
perseverance, creativity and commitment of all the Impellam 
people who made it happen.

The health and wellbeing of our colleagues and the talented 
people we find work for across the world has been front of 
mind throughout the year. Sadly, eight of our clinicians lost 
their lives to Covid-19 during 2020. A stark reminder of the 
importance of the work we do supporting the national efforts 
of the communities we serve across the world.

The impact of Covid-19 was felt across all our regions and 
markets but particularly in the UK, our largest region by 
revenue and gross margin, where catering, hospitality, 
education and aviation markets were all hard hit. our healthcare 
businesses in the UK, Republic of Ireland and Australia were 
incredibly busy but suffered from the cancellation of elective 
surgery in all regions and the shortages of doctors and nurses. 
Many succumbed to the virus or had to self-isolate and PPE 
was in short supply. In Australia, these conditions were 
exacerbated by border closures, meaning that our doctors 
were not able to travel to undertake the work needed. our 
North American businesses showed more resilience as they 
were not materially exposed to the most affected end markets.

Conversely, the pandemic created work for many of our 
people across the world. Along with our healthcare 
professionals who were, and still are, at the epicentre of the 
crisis, Impellam people have been engaged in the national 
efforts in all three of our main regions. In the UK, this work has 

Page_6

STRATEGIC REPORTincluded the construction of the Nightingale Hospitals, 
supporting the Ambulance Services, and providing clinical 
and non-clinical staff for testing and vaccination programmes. 
Throughout the year our life sciences business, SRG, has been 
centre stage working closely with its pharmaceutical clients 
and with the development of mobile testing centres. In North 
America, Corestaff provided the call centre operatives needed 
to mobilise a crisis management hotline and Bartech played a 
key role in enabling clients to produce masks and to deliver 
mass temperature checking programmes. 

As we accelerated our transformation into a closely integrated 
business we benefitted from the collaborative culture we have 
nurtured and were able to redeploy colleagues and temporary 
workers from hard-hit sectors such as education, catering and 
hospitality into growth markets including life sciences and 
healthcare. our Global Managed Services businesses worked 
closely with our Specialist Staffing brands to ensure that 
Impellam candidates fulfilled our customers’ needs and this 
contributed £12.6m of Group Fill gross profit (2019: £12.6m). 
We also formed cross-Group sales and delivery collaborations, 
winning 11 new managed service programmes and delivering 
outstanding results for customers. This was the key to 
maintaining 98% of our top 50 customers. 2020 was certainly a 
year where everything that is wonderful about the Impellam 
culture came together to deliver the exceptional service that 
our customers and candidates expect.

We moved to a remote working model in the third week of 
March 2020 and, like most organisations, we remained in that 
formation for most of the year. I remain thankful and amazed 
in equal measure that the transition was so smooth and our 
investment in IT came into its own. In Q4 2019 we began a 
headcount and general cost reduction programme and took 
the decision in Q1 2020 to hold headcount flat, even before 
the Covid storm clouds gathered. That decision served us well 
and protected our performance in Q1 2020, giving us a good 
runway into further cost base management in Q2 and beyond. 
We made many difficult decisions during the year which meant 
that 800 colleagues were on full or part furlough at some 
point during the year, a large number, including the Board and 
the senior leadership teams, took pay reductions, others 
agreed to short time working arrangements but sadly we said 
goodbye to 500 colleagues. Everyone played their part in 
doing what they could to mitigate the decline in gross profit 

in Q2 and Q3 2020 and I am very grateful to them for 
their good humour and commitment to Impellam.

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
I am extremely proud of our financial results in this 
extraordinary year.

From a significant decline in sales during Q2, revenue 
recovered throughout the rest of the year to £2.0bn, ending 
11.3% down on 2019 with gross profit at £228.1m, down by 
16.7%, each on a constant exchange rate basis. 

Despite cost mitigation of some £33.1m, adjusted operating 
profitΔ at £18.2m fell 40.3% (on a constant exchange rate 
basis) compared to 2019, an improvement from H1 2020 
which showed a decline of 54.1%. There were no separately 
disclosed items in 2020 and the 2019 items of £4.9m have 
been included within the 2019 adjusted operating profitΔ.

our closing headcount on 31 December was 2,491, 16.8% 
lower than the previous year. During Q2 2020, the Board and 
senior leaders across the Group took a 20% pay reduction and 
many colleagues reduced their working hours. In addition, 800 
colleagues were furloughed for varying periods of time 
according to market dynamics. The combination of all these 
management actions led to a year-on-year reduction of salary 
and related costs of £21.9m. 

other areas of discretionary spend reduced significantly. 
These included travel, entertainment, accommodation and 
candidate attraction. We do not anticipate these returning to 
pre-Covid levels as virtual working becomes part of our new 
better way of being.

our cash and net debt performance were outstanding and my 
heartfelt thanks must go to our tireless finance community, 
credit controllers and sales ledger staff across all our 
operations for the phenomenal job they did to make sure 
we collected our cash when all around were attempting to 
preserve it. We are also grateful for the support received from 
governments across our regions, which included the Job 
Retention Scheme, rates relief, retail grants and tax credits 
that benefitted adjusted operating profitΔ by £7.4m and a cash 
benefit of £48.0m.

Page_7

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

CEO review continued

Strategic 
priorities

1. Enabling our Virtuosos
our Virtuosos do what they do best enabled by reliable 
technology. We’ll get out of their way and make sure 
they are leading more of the Group, future-proofing  
the portfolio and delivering new, incremental  
revenue streams.

2. Transforming our portfolio
We’ll accelerate our Managed Services growth by 
selectively integrating our Managed Services brands 
across our major geographies. This will make it easier  
for our high road customers to access our talented and 
engaged people. We’ll refine our Specialist Staffing 
portfolio and will build scale in growing global verticals.  
At the same time, we’ll respond to macro trends and 
develop new business lines in new verticals opened by  
the gig economy.

3. Improving resilience
We’ll improve our resilience by investing in technology  
to drive efficiencies and productivity. We’ll enter new 
growth markets and economies organically to defend 
our key high road client relationships.

STRATEGIC REVIEW
our strategic focus since 2018 has been the creation of a 
collaborative, high value, integrated business, where global 
managed services work in synchrony with our key talent 
verticals to create the future of good work.

The global pandemic shone a clear light on where we need to 
focus so we took the bold decision in April 2020 to accelerate 
the delivery of our strategy.

We simplified our business structure, reduced our management 
layers, and gave our Virtuosos a louder voice and greater span 
of control, all with the single purpose of creating a fighting fit 
Impellam ready for when we emerge from this crisis.

During 2020, we integrated our Managed Services businesses 
under single leadership whilst retaining our brand specialisms, 
Guidant Global and Comensura. This integration has delivered 
increased collaboration in the development of new services, 
technology, marketing, people services and best practice. In 
2021 we will launch our newly formed Customer office to 
formalise the coordination of key strategic accounts to 
encourage innovation, expand our service offering and 
drive Group Fill, ensuring our customers never have 
a reason to leave Impellam. 

We also created a regional focus and appointed CEos in our 
major territories (UK, North America and Asia Pacific) to bring 
us closer to our customers by reducing management 
hierarchies, speeding up decision-making and encouraging 
regional innovation. our regional CEos have specific 
responsibility for optimising and growing our specialist 
staffing businesses, working closely with Global Managed 
Services to increase Group Fill and developing regional shared 
services functions to create efficient and effective back office 
services, freeing up our Virtuosos to spend more time with 
customers and candidates.

Page_8

STRATEGIC REPORT1. ENABLING OUR VIRTUOSOS
2020 was an extraordinary year and the year when our Virtuoso 
strategy came into its own. Quite simply, we could not have 
achieved what we achieved without the Virtuoso behaviours of 
Impellam colleagues who not only delivered ‘business as usual’ from 
their homes, but also created innovative solutions for our customers 
and candidates and worked tirelessly on the transformation of 
our business.

The scale of the challenge and the diversity of the staff required a 
truly innovative solution, with scientific and associated roles. The 
unique combination of MGG’s healthcare experience, SRG’s 
scientific footprint and Blue Arrow’s surge recruitment capability 
ably supported by Guidant Global’s MSP expertise resulted in a 
successful award to MGG. Quite simply, this collaboration would 
not have happened if MGG had not been integrated with the rest 
of Impellam.

In the spirit of giving our Virtuosos a louder voice, rather than 
hear from me, I have chosen to use their words to update on this 
strategic priority. In a series of interviews, I asked members of the 
Virtuoso Alliance (our shadow board) and other Virtuosos, how they 
thought we had done:

Q
WHAT HAS CHANGED AT IMPELLAM AS A DIRECT 
CONSEQUENCE OF THE VIRTUOSO ALLIANCE? 
A

Having a forum to speak directly to the Group CEo, being encouraged 
to share thoughts and ideas and give direct and honest feedback is 
massively important especially when you see your ideas come to life 
and shape strategy. one example of this was encouraging Julia to 
give updates to the whole company by video rather than in writing, 
especially during lockdown. It was great to see the feedback as a 
result of this move. More strategically, the Virtuoso Alliance is 
passionate about diversity and inclusion and it has been brilliant to 
be involved at the heart of this initiative. So many organisations pay 
lip service to this and I couldn’t authentically stand for that.

Rachel Myers, Digital Project Manager

Q
HOW DID WE GET THE WHOLE BUSINESS 
WORKING FROM HOME, VIRTUALLY OVERNIGHT?
A

Quite simply, everyone in IT was involved and pulled together  
with a shared goal to get it done. We had to challenge our normal 
way of doing things and focus on the fact that we only had days,  
if not hours, to achieve our goal and make sure our service to 
customers and candidates was not impacted. Nothing was out  
of bounds and we collected in laptops from everywhere and 
encouraged people to take desktops home. Whatever it took,  
we did it. It was really different from anything we had done  
before – we knew that the company was depending on us  
and we powered through any obstacles.

Rachel Tonks, IT Director

Q
TELL ME ABOUT THE VIRTUOSO COLLABORATION 
THAT LED TO THE TEST AND TRACE LAB STAFF 
PROGRAMME. WHICH BRANDS WERE INVOLVED 
AND HOW DID WE BRING IT TOGETHER? 
A

In September we saw collaboration across the Group at its absolute 
best. MGG, the market leader in NHS Managed Services, won a 
multi-disciplinary Managed Services Programme to support the 
UK Government’s response to Covid-19. 

Mick Whitley, Commercial Director, MGG 

Q
HOW DID YOUR VIRTUOSO ‘WAY OF BEING’ 
ENABLE YOU TO DRIVE EXCEPTIONAL 
PERFORMANCE AND SERVICE EXCELLENCE 
DURING THE PANDEMIC?
A

As soon as Covid-19 struck, we knew we had to increase our focus 
on the beautiful basics, homing in on sparking joy and picking up the 
pace of change. our promise meetings moved from weekly to daily 
and it really brought us together as a team. The global pandemic 
helped us see the art of the possible and our people stepped out of 
their silos in the service of our customers. As a result, Comensura 
had its best year ever.

Hoa Ngo, Managing Director, Comensura

Q
HOW HAS THE MOVE TO A REGIONAL  
STRUCTURE IMPACTED YOU IN ASIA PACIFIC? 
A

The biggest difference is in the speed of decision-making. A good 
example of this is getting approval to hire. In the past we have 
missed out on hiring top talent but that’s changed now. Four 
months ago, I identified a terrific person to join us and the hire was 
approved in 15 minutes. She is now our third highest fee earner. 
our connections to the Group have been enhanced and investment 
in our region has been noticeable. our people can see the positive 
results of this, for example our IT infrastructure and websites are 
now more robust, freeing up our teams to spend more time adding 
value to our customers and candidates.

Jayson Eichstad, Director, MGG Sydney

Q
WHAT CHANGED FOR YOU THIS YEAR AND  
HOW DID THAT DRIVE GROWTH, EVEN IN A  
COVID YEAR? 
A

A number of things changed and, in particular, the move to a 
regional structure definitely led to bigger, better decisions more 
quickly and made collaboration so much easier. The re-brand to 
Lorien also paved the way for more growth in 2020/21 and gave us 
access to a whole new world of digital marketing capability. And 
finally, our Virtuosos really shone in a difficult market. We’ve been 
investing in them for three years or more and this year they each 
took care of a different part of the delivery of our strategy which 
meant that yet again we delivered on our promises.

Ryan McMahon, President, Lorien North America

Page_9

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

CEO review continued

2. TRANSFORMING OUR PORTFOLIO
2020 was a year of transformation. By early April, we had 
settled into the new rhythm of working from home with new 
meeting and communication cadences and ways of working. 
We had early sight of the impact of the pandemic on our 
customers and, where this caused reductions in work, we 
assessed the support available to our Impellam colleagues 
and our temporary workers and put it in place. In addition, 
we administered and supported 5,000 temporary workers 
with the Job Retention Scheme made available by the UK 
Government and absorbed the costs and administrative 
burden, taking the view it was the right thing to do.

We then had a critical decision to make. Should we focus our 
efforts on riding out the storm, or should we push on with our 
transformation and accelerate the delivery of our strategy?

We chose to look forward and with a clear goal of 
transforming to a fighting fit virtuoso organisation, we set 
about re-organising our business into a regional structure 
where decisions are made quickly and closer to the customer. 
In addition, we integrated our Global Managed Services 
businesses under single leadership. With this new structure, 
investment decisions were clearer and more transparent.

We continued to carefully invest in our high growth regions 
– North America and Asia Pacific – and in our chosen markets 
– global managed services and high value talent verticals.

Specifically, we shone a light onto our STEM businesses, 
investing in UK leadership to create a compelling STEM 
offering, enabling cross-sell and collaboration and sharing best 
practice. We brought our portfolio of technology businesses 
together under a single brand, Lorien, both to give our 
customers access to scalable technology solutions and to 
provide more opportunity to colleagues and candidates.

We strengthened our capability in North America, Asia Pacific 
and the Republic of Ireland by investing in talented regional 
leadership teams and scalable regional shared services. one 
early outcome of this regional investment and flattening of 
structures is that we launched Flexy in Australia. Flexy is our 
digital employment platform which provides just-in-time 
staffing solutions to our customers, transforming candidate 
experience in the temporary staffing market.

To enhance our Managed Services offering we created a 
Managed Services Centre of Excellence to deliver best-in-class 
Managed Services Programme (‘MSP’) capabilities including 
technology to both specialist and full MSP customers. This is a 
dedicated function operating as an extension to our brands to 
reduce duplication, drive efficiency and increase service and 
innovation to customers. 

Page_10

This Centre of Excellence supported the rapid start-up and 
roll-out of a nationwide managed service to support the 
Department of Health’s testing and vaccination programme 
and would not have been possible without our business 
transformation.

Finally, and at the core of our strategy, we launched our 
Customer office. The Customer office is a C-suite strategic 
function and will lead the enhancement and innovation of our 
customer experiences in collaboration with our brands. It will 
drive customer-led decisions and will support our Virtuosos 
with a best practice toolkit to enhance customer delight and 
retention and make sure that there is never a reason for a 
customer to leave Impellam. 

3. IMPROVING RESILIENCE
Whilst our transformation programme was strategically focused 
on deliberate moves to build a fighting fit Impellam in the 
Virtuoso operating model, robust management of our property 
portfolio was equally important to improve our resilience.

With an overnight shift to virtual working in March, we realised 
a significant reduction in our property footprint in anticipation 
that these more flexible working arrangements would 
continue in the future, albeit in a hybrid way. We completed 
39 property exits out of a total property portfolio of 177, 
delivering annualised savings of £1.92m, 14% of our total 
property costs. We have a three-year programme of property 
rationalisation driven by our integrated business model and in 
anticipation of a long-term shift to virtual and hub working.

We continued to invest in technology to increase efficiency 
and productivity and to drive collaboration and 
communication. our earlier investment in Workplace by 
Facebook really paid back as it became our key internal 
communication and engagement platform. We became super 
users of Teams, Skype, Zoom and Google and encouraged our 
people to keep their cameras on and smile at each other all 
year long! We also invested in Condeco, an office management 
platform to manage office capacity and the health and safety 
of our colleagues. When we return to our offices once again, 
we will do so with a system which will simultaneously optimise 
our property usage and collaboration and give us the comfort 
of automated track and trace capability to mitigate against the 
spread of Covid-19.

At the end of 2020 we committed to investment in our core 
technology systems. This investment will centre on moving our 
systems to the cloud and will further digitise the way we work 
using AI, automation and mobile solutions. The focus will be 
the development of a ‘digital core’, improving integrity and 
integration between our transactions with customers and 
candidates. There will be a common global financial system to 
support our work in back office transformation, regional 
middle office bill and pay replacements and upgrades to help 
us digitise and automate our regional operations. Finally, new, 
digital front office systems will enable our people to deliver an 
enhanced experience for customers and candidates and will 
increase collaboration across the Group.

STRATEGIC REPORTSEGMENTS
Global Talent Acquisition and Managed Services 
Workforce Solutions 
our Global Talent Acquisition and Managed Services 
Workforce Solutions (Global Managed Services) businesses 
were amongst the most resilient in the Group, notwithstanding 
the impact of Covid-19 on several of our core markets, 
including aviation and aerospace, travel, hospitality, oil & gas 
and manufacturing. Against this backdrop, and supported by 
positive hiring trends in healthcare, government, life sciences 
and online retail, revenue was down by just 6.2%, whilst gross 
profit declined by 8.6%, both on a constant exchange 
rate basis.

During 2020, Impellam unified its Managed Services brands 
under single leadership whilst retaining the distinct brand 
personalities and value propositions of Guidant Global and 
Comensura. This strategic move maximises collaboration, 
reduces duplication and contributed to the 10.6% reduction 
in administration expenses compared to 2019.

Continued investment in and adoption of technology together 
with a Virtuoso approach to business transformation and 
agility meant that several new business wins were secured 
whilst existing relationships were renewed at a record level. 
Following particularly strong performances from Comensura 
in the UK and Guidant Global in the US, our Managed Services 
businesses are very well placed for a strong recovery in 2021.

Global Specialist Staffing
our Global Specialist Staffing brands in the UK and US faced 
two major challenges in 2020, Covid-19 and IR35, and 
consequently, revenue decreased by 19.4% and gross profit 
by 17.6% on a constant exchange rate basis.

The UK Government’s decision to pause IR35 came too late to 
reverse the policies that many of our enterprise customers had 
made, leading to a significant reduction in the UK of the use of 
IT contractors during H1 2020. This coincided with the start of 
the pandemic, which had an immediate impact on permanent 
hiring in both the UK and US. The hiring of IT contractors 
returned quickly following the end of the initial lockdown 
phases in both territories and by Q4, business volumes were 
starting to recover towards pre-pandemic levels.

In Q4, recognising the vital role our technology and life 
sciences businesses play in the future world of work, brought 
into sharp focus by the impact of the pandemic, we re-
organised our STEM business in the UK into one portfolio 
to ensure continued focus and investment. 

In addition, during 2020 we consolidated our technology 
staffing businesses across the world and rebranded as Lorien. 
The move to a single global business enables us to provide our 
customers with the scale, agility and expertise to meet all their 
technology and telecoms needs anywhere in the world. 

our STEM businesses are well positioned for future growth as 
we see a consistent increase in demand for developers and 
software engineers as businesses accelerate their digital 
transformation programmes coupled with an unprecedented 
recognition and demand for the work of our scientists.

Regional Specialist Staffing 
our Regional Specialist Staffing brands in the UK and US were 
amongst those hit hardest by Covid-19 in 2020. Whilst across 
the globe our white-collar workforces pivoted to working 
remotely, our light industrial and manufacturing workers were 
unable to do so and the well-documented decline of the travel, 
catering and hospitality sectors added to the challenge. This 
had a significant impact on gross profit, which declined by 
25.8% compared with 2019, whereas the business mix and 
recovery throughout the year meant revenue ended the year 
only 11.0% down on last year (all on a constant exchange 
rate basis). 

In response to these changing market conditions, as well as 
providing thousands of people to support vital Covid-19 work, 
decisive action was taken to reduce the cost base, cutting 
administration costs by 20.4%. This was achieved through 
thoughtful strategic management actions to share resources, 
reduce duplication and increase collaboration as well as 
headcount reduction and use of the UK Government’s Job 
Retention Scheme. The focus on reducing our working capital 
and overdue debts also improved our cash flow.

In the UK, the uncertainties caused by the pandemic, 
combined with the potential impact of Brexit, meant that our 
customers approached future hiring plans with some caution.

The UK life sciences business, SRG, was undoubtedly one of 
the most Covid-19 resilient parts of the Impellam portfolio. 
SRG delivered growth year-on-year due to the increased 
demand in Covid-19 related projects, with over 50% of 
scientific placements made in H2 2020 linked to pandemic-
related projects, from R&D through to Covid testing projects 
across both the private and public sector.

We continued to selectively invest in our Global Specialist 
Staffing businesses during 2020 whilst keeping tight control 
of discretionary spend, reducing administration expenses by 
14.1% compared to 2019.

In the US, restrictions were lifted more quickly, and businesses 
reopened and adapted to the new pandemic landscape by 
mid-year, meaning that our brands returned to pre-pandemic 
worker numbers by Q4.

During 2020 our Regional Specialist Staffing businesses 
continued to transform, embracing more flexible ways of 
working. our teams became accustomed to working virtually 
and across geographic boundaries, enabled by the investment 
made in technology between 2017 and 2019. This gave us the 
confidence and operating model to make substantial inroads 
into reducing our property estate for this portfolio.

Page_11

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

CEO review continued

Healthcare
The impact of the Covid-19 pandemic was felt most 
profoundly by our Healthcare business, MGG.

Not only were our colleagues and healthcare professionals 
caught up in the very epicentre of the battle, but we also had 
to deal with the significant impact on the financial 
performance of the business as waves of the virus drove up 
mortality rates and regional healthcare authorities took action 
to conserve and preserve mission critical resource. This 
resulted in the cancellation of elective surgery and non-urgent 
clinical activity, the closure of international and domestic 
borders and gave rise to resource planning challenges as our 
health professionals succumbed to the virus or were forced 
to isolate. Within a turbulent overall healthcare market, our 
nursing business saw unprecedented demand and was able 
to respond heroically, achieving 25% growth over 2019.

Against this backdrop, MGG revenue fell by 5.8% on a constant 
exchange rate basis and gross profit fell by 9.6%. Much of the 
decline reflected the closure of borders and the impact on 
international migration of healthcare professionals whilst the 
UK business had a strong year. 

During 2020, MGG became an integral part of Impellam’s 
integrated business model and from this strategic move came 
collaboration at its best. The sharing of sales pipelines and 
collaborative bids has resulted in new wins for multiple brands 
including MGG. Additionally, recruiters from areas of the 
business hard hit by the pandemic were transferred to MGG 
to support the NHS in managing the impact of Covid-19.

OUTLOOK
Whilst the global fight against the Covid-19 pandemic is still 
underway across our major regions, causing restricted visibility, 
we are cautiously optimistic about a reasonable recovery 
in 2021.

Whilst we do not anticipate a return to 2019 performance 
levels on a full-year basis, we are seeing the benefit of the 
assertive cost management and strategic transformation 
actions we took in 2020 in our Q1 results to date. We are 
making selective investments in headcount in our attractive 
growing markets, particularly STEM and Managed Services, 
and we are also investing in a Customer office and a digital 
core systems upgrade. Costs continue to be well managed 
and temp gross profits are recovering. 

We anticipate further recovery when key markets such 
as hospitality, catering and aviation reopen at the end 
of lockdowns, but this will be offset to some degree by 
reducing levels of Covid-related revenue.

Page_12

STRATEGIC REPORTA bold promise

Geography We offer multiple brands and services across 
North America, the UK and Europe and Australasia. To 
further support our mission, and to find exciting 
opportunities for our people, we also invest in, and operate 
with, specific clients in other regions.

Integration We have a unique, differentiated and 
collaborative model. This integrates Managed Services 
and Specialist Staffing into a full workforce solutions 
management platform for our customers’ permanent, 
contingent and Statement of Work (‘SoW’) spend. our 
work is important, and we get it done.

OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVE
Virtuosity makes the difference and will drive market-
beating value creation.

OUR STRATEGIC ADVANTAGE
We believe we retain customers, people and investors for 
longer than our competitors because we’re trusted to do 
what we say we are going to do. We work collaboratively 
across our diverse portfolio with a shared vision, mission, 
style and language we call ‘The Virtuoso Way’. This enables 
us to deliver differentiated, integrated solutions and services 
to our customers, and to find good work for our people. 

OUR STRATEGIC SCOPE
Customers We work with customers who value engaged, 
fulfilled and purposeful people, and who allow us to take 
our share of the economic value we create as we help them 
build a better business.

Offering We are a leading Global Talent Acquisition and 
Managed Workforce Solutions provider enabled by talent-
focused Specialist Staffing brands with deep heritages, 
vertical sector expertise and loyal candidate networks.

For more information 
Business model: page_14

Page_13

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Our business model

At the heart of our business 
model is a virtuous circle

OUR INTEGRATED, COLLABORATIVE BUSINESS MODEL
our Virtuoso culture is our key differentiator enabling 
us to see possibilities and collaborate to leverage Group 
Fill and cross-sell opportunities to improve the quality 
of our earnings. We constantly innovate to deliver the 
right service at the right time and at the right price to 
the customers we choose to work with, and by working 
together, our businesses share thinking, resources and 
execution which reduces duplication, re-work and waste. 

our Global Talent Acquisition and Managed Workforce 
Solutions businesses, Regional Specialist Staffing, 
Global Specialist Staffing and Healthcare businesses 
provide market-leading services to high road customers 
across our core markets and we rigorously manage the 
portfolio and invest according to market potential.

S
M
R
O
F
T
A
L
P
L
A
T

I

G

I

D

D

A

HIG H R O

T

R

U

S

T

GLOBAL
MANAGED
SERVICES
Manage high volumes through
an end-to-end staffing process
for a wide range of customers
on a global scale

Long-term contracts
and high visibility
of future earnings

HEALTHCARE
Specialist recruiters provide
locum, temporary and
permanent doctors,
nurses and allied health
professionals globally

Higher % margins,
shift work driving 
volume transactions

INCREASED
MARGIN,
REDUCED COST
AND
DUPLICATION

C

O

L

L

A

B

O

R

A

T

I

O

N

D

I

G

I

T
A
L
P
L
A
T
F
O
R
M
S

REGIONAL
SPECIALIST
STAFFING
Local market, specialist recruiters

Higher % margins,
shorter assignments

GLOBAL
SPECIALIST
STAFFING
Partners with customers
on a global scale to deliver
sought-after people with
specialist skills

Higher pay rates, 
lower % margins and
longer assignments 

N

H R E TE NTIO

H I G

 ENHANCED VALUE MODEL 

Page_14

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
HOW WE DO IT
OUR CULTURE OF VIRTUOSITY
At the heart of our integrated, collaborative 
business model is a virtuous circle of making and 
keeping promises, engendering trust and loyalty. 

By keeping our promises, we retain clients, 
candidates, colleagues and investors for longer,  
and reap the benefits of that longevity. 

We make sure that 
‘the beautiful basics’ 
as a Virtuoso way of working are in place and 
deeply embedded in all of our businesses, all of the 
time and we make investment promises to sustain, 
enhance and innovate our combined portfolio. 

We focus on partnering with organisations that 
value engaged, fulfilled people and we call this the 
‘high road’ 
which serves to drive clear market segmentation 
and a compelling price point.

All our businesses work in 
‘The Virtuoso Way’ 
which embeds a consistent, collaborative  
Group-wide culture, based on trusted behaviours, 
delivered by entrepreneurial Virtuoso leaders 
who can drive our competitive advantage and 
deliver on our promises to all our stakeholders.

For more information visit
www.impellam.com

OUR VALUE CREATION

CLIENTS
We tune in to our customers and work closely with 
them to find people for good work to help them 
build better businesses. We retain them, continuing 
to listen and partner with them to extend the scope 
and tenure of our services, and in doing so, open up 
more opportunities for organic growth.

CANDIDATES
From the outset, we listen to our candidates and 
find them good work that fulfils them and matches 
their aptitudes, skills and aspirations. We reward 
our candidates fairly, retain them by treating them 
well, and by finding them work that interests and 
develops them. In turn, this encourages them to 
refer more people and good work to us. 

COLLEAGUES 
We employ people who care about our mission and 
our craft and we develop them, so they have the 
right skills and experience to do their job by being 
Virtuosos in their field. We free up our Virtuosos 
and give them more influence so they in turn 
develop a culture of Virtuosity across the Company. 
Ultimately, we trust them to make the right 
decisions, collaborate and deliver on their promises. 

INVESTORS
We take care to create relationships with investors 
and we build on the trust we create by delivering 
sustainable earnings.

SUPPLIERS
We build strong partnerships of mutual trust with 
our suppliers, many of whom are also our clients. 
our long-term relationships with our suppliers 
enable us to fill more jobs for our clients and by 
building an engaged recruitment supply chain 
which is passionate about finding the right 
candidates with the right skills, we can reduce 
the cost of recruitment; reduce the time to hire; 
provide timely market insight; and drive innovation.

Page_15

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Key performance indicators

We monitor our performance against our strategic 
priorities by using key performance indicators (‘KPIs’). 
Our KPIs include a set of financial and non-financial 
measures and are discussed further in the CEO  
and CFO reviews.

Financial KPIs

GROUP REVENUE  
_£m
£2,000.9m

GROUP GROSS PROFIT 
_£m
£228.1m

GROUP ADJUSTED 
OPERATING PROFITΔ_£m
£18.2m

GROUP OPERATING 
PROFIT_£m
£(15.0)m

2020

2019

2018

2,000.9  

2,254.8  

2,267.3  

2020

2019

2018

228.1

274.1  

277.5  

2020

2019

2018

18.2  

31.1  

35.7

2020

2019

2018

(15.0)

13.9  

22.5  

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Revenue generated from sales 
of contract workers, permanent 
placement fees and other income 
generated from provision
of staffing services.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Revenue less cost of sales, 
predominately the sum of 
contract gross profit and fees 
for the placement of permanent 
candidates, less any directly 
attributable adjustments 
or rebates.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Underlying profitability of the 
Group before interest and taxes 
with adjustments for impairments 
and amortisations of acquired 
intangibles and impairment of 
right-of-use leased assets.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Profitability of the Group before 
tax and finance costs.

RATIONALE
Indicates the volume of business
generated in the year.

RATIONALE
Indicates the volume of business
generated in the year.

RATIONALE
Demonstrates the profitability  
of the Group and how efficient it 
is at managing its controllable 
cost base.

RATIONALE
Demonstrates the profitability
of the Group.

CONVERSION RATIO –  
ADJUSTED OPERATING 
PROFITΔ %
8.0%

GROUP NET DEBT  
(PRE-IFRS 16) 
_£m
£(4.1)m

GROUP NET CASH 
GENERATED FROM 
OPERATIONS_£m
£94.5m

ADJUSTED 
EARNINGS PER  
SHARE _PENCE
18.2p

2020

2019

2018

8.0%  

11.3%  

2020

2019

2018

14.9%  

(4.1)  

(72.3)  

(71.7)  

2020

2019

2018

  49.5

  33.4

94.5

18.2

2020

2019

2018

39.2  

61.5  

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Adjusted operating profitΔ 
expressed as a percentage of 
gross profit.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Total Group debt excluding lease 
liabilities, less any cash and cash 
equivalents, after capitalised 
financing costs.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
The amount of cash generated 
from operating activities and 
after tax paid.

RATIONALE
Indicates the efficiency of fee 
earners in generating gross profit 
and the Group’s ability to control 
central costs.

RATIONALE
Net debt is a key element
of the Group’s capital structure.

RATIONALE
Demonstrates how efficient the 
Group is in converting operating 
activities to cash and therefore 
the ability to manage its capital.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
The amount of adjusted 
operating profitΔ per one share 
in the Group; calculated as 
the adjusted operating profitΔ 
attributable to the Group’s 
shareholders, divided by the
average number of shares in 
issue throughout the year.

RATIONALE
A strong indication as to the 
underlying profitability of a 
company for its shareholders.

Page_16

STRATEGIC REPORTOperational KPIs

INTERNATIONAL 
MIX %
40.8%

GROSS PROFIT  
MIX %
31.1%

CLIENT RETENTION – 
TOP 50 CLIENTS %
98%

GROUP ADJUSTED 
EBITDA_£m
£27.6m

2020

2019

2018

40.8  

36.7  

37.6  

2020

2019

2018

31.1  

28.2  

27.2  

2020

2019

2018

98  

98  

96  

2020

2019

2018

27.6  

41.8  

49.8  

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Total gross profit from business 
operations outside of the UK, 
expressed as a percentage of 
Group gross profit.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Total gross profit generated from 
Managed Services businesses 
expressed as a percentage of 
Group gross profit.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
The percentage of the top 50 
clients in 2019 who we continued 
to supply in 2020 and have not 
been exited during the year.

RATIONALE
Geographic diversification 
spreads risk and reduces reliance 
on any one economy.

RATIONALE
Gross profit from Managed 
Services provides visibility of 
income and generates long-term
relationships with our clients and 
aligns to our strategic priorities.

RATIONALE
Client retention links to improved 
profitability and efficiencies in 
service delivery alongside 
improved quality of service.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
operating profit of the Group 
before interest, tax, depreciation 
and amortisation and excludes 
IFRS 16 adjustments, separately 
disclosed items and share-based 
payments.

RATIONALE
The Group continues to  
measure EBITDA which is used 
for banking covenants and 
internal performance measures. 
It is also used externally for 
valuation purposes.

GROUP FILL  
% 

17%

2020

2019

2018

AVERAGE GROSS  
PROFIT PER FTE  
£’000
£83,000

GROSS PROFIT PER £ 
STAFF COST 

£1.52

CONVERSION RATIO –  
ADJUSTED EBITDA  
%
12.1%

17  

17  

17  

2020

2019

2018

83.0  

87.5  

85.6  

2020

2019

2018

1.52  

1.58  

1.59  

2020

2019

2018

12.1  

15.2  

17.9  

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
The percentage of Spend Under 
Management supplied from our 
Group brands into our Managed 
Services programmes.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Total gross profit divided by the 
average number of full-time 
equivalents in the Group.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Total gross profit divided by the 
annual staff costs.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Adjusted EBITDA expressed as a 
percentage of gross profit.

RATIONALE
Enables our Specialist Staffing 
brands to support the Managed 
Services programmes and 
generate gross profit with 
an existing client.

RATIONALE
Indicator of staff productivity 
and efficiency, with growth 
demonstrating improved 
efficiency or a higher percentage 
of fee earners at full capacity.

RATIONALE
Indicator of staff productivity  
and reflecting the operational 
efficiency of the business as  
a whole.

RATIONALE
Indicates the efficiency of fee 
earners in generating gross profit 
and the Group’s ability to control 
direct costs.

For more information
Glossary: page_122

Page_17

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Performance reviews

Global Talent 
Acquisition and 
Managed Workforce 
Solutions

Page_18

OPERATING IN A CHALLENGING WORLD
In a turbulent year for the global managed services market, 
several factors have impacted temporary, and permanent, 
staffing. Covid-19 was the most significant of these, severely 
affecting many of our core client and target industry sectors 
including aerospace and aviation, travel, hospitality, oil & gas 
and manufacturing. In contrast, hiring in other sectors such as 
healthcare, government, essential and online retail, business 
services and life sciences remained strong or increased during 
the pandemic. on balance, many more clients were forced to 
downsize their temporary workforces.

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
Despite the impact of Covid-19, the Managed Services 
business delivered a sound performance with revenue down 
6.2% from 2019 (on a constant exchange rate basis) and gross 
profit falling 8.6% to £70.9m.

With cost savings of £6.8m, adjusted operating profitΔ 
increased by 2.3% on 2019 (on a constant exchange rate basis). 
Additionally, conversion of gross profit to adjusted operating 
profitΔ increased to 18.9%.

our Managed Services businesses performed well in the 
context of the wider market. The uncertainty created by 
Covid-19 had a positive impact on customer retention. 29 of 
Comensura’s customers, who contribute 32% of annual gross 
profit, were successfully retained during the year. During 
2020, Guidant Global won several significant new customers 
and lost only one large client. These new contracts mean we 
are well positioned for a strong recovery and a robust 
performance in 2021. 

We continued to deliver on our strategic priorities by bringing 
Guidant Global and Comensura under single leadership. Whilst 
retaining their distinct brand specialisms, the new portfolio 
structure maximises collaboration and further embeds 
best practice. 

In response to rapidly changing market conditions, we have 
evolved our business model, streamlining processes, 
leveraging technology and realigning job roles to enable our 
Virtuosos to spend more time with customers and candidates. 
We expect these moves to have a significant impact on our 
operations, driving up margins and adjusted operating profit.

The Group continued to invest in technology, improving the 
recruitment experience for customers, candidates and supply 
chain partners. In 2019 the Group acquired Flexy, a SaaS digital 
employment platform at the forefront of flexible working in 
the UK. In 2020 we launched Flexy in Australia and it is now live 
in 27 different councils in the State of Victoria and delivers the 
payroll solution for eight different councils across other 
Australian states. This investment demonstrates our increased 
digital innovation and collaboration across our major territories.

STRATEGIC REPORTWe also expanded our adoption of Clientshare, a leading-edge 
customer engagement platform. This is currently deployed in all 
Guidant Global customers and provides market intelligence, 
industry insight and quarterly business reviews via an encrypted 
private network. 

We continue to invest in c.net, our proprietary VMS platform, 
and develop our service offering. In 2020, we launched a new 
Statement of Work module on our c.net platform, built and 
deployed by Comensura. This new proposition gained its first 
UK customer in the year, Dorset Council, and we now have a 
total of 14 customers using Comensura SoW services, ten of 
whom are using the c.net platform. This supports Comensura’s 
diversification strategy, to manage procurement categories 
outside of temporary and permanent recruitment. 

our Managed Services brands continue to win awards and 
achieve accolades. For the second year running, Everest Peak 
Matrix recognised our Global Managed Services and there 
were accolades for Guidant Global as best Managed Service 
Provider and for Diversity and Inclusion in the 2020 TALiNT 
International Awards. Five of our colleagues were also rated as 
influential staffing leaders in the Staffing Industry Analysts 
(‘SIA’) 2020 Staffing 100 list.

Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (‘ED&I’) is firmly on our 
agenda; Guidant’s award-winning INfluence programme is 
helping clients with their ED&I strategies and to drive 
positive change.

Despite the challenging circumstances, our people have 
adapted seamlessly to a virtual working environment, remaining 
committed, resilient and productive throughout lockdowns 
across our regions. our customers have played key roles in 
national responses to Covid-19 and we have been proud to 
support them in this mission critical work. As we emerge from 
Covid restrictions, we are well placed to support our customers 
in other industry sectors as they return to growth.

In this new era, external talent has become an inextricable part 
of an enterprise’s strategic workforce plan and a critical 
competitive differentiator that can set businesses up for the 
best possible growth in a post-Covid world. The contingent 
workforce is delivering significant value for employers across a 
range of sectors and specialisms. There are three key 
contingent workforce trends that employers will look to 
further leverage in the next 12 months: increasing ED&I of the 
contingent workforce and talent within it; heightened scrutiny 
of Statement of Work spend and better management of 
outcome-based projects and deliverables; and giving a strong 
contingent voice a seat at the table to drive external 
workforce engagement and leverage opportunities for total 
talent management. Through the extension of our INfluence 
programme, ongoing investment in our proprietary VMS 
platforms to drive SoW solutions and the launch of the 
Impellam Customer office, our Managed Services businesses 
are well positioned to guide our clients, providing consultative 
and fluid workforce solutions that give them the edge as they 
return to growth.

Revenue

Gross profit

Global Managed Services

2020  
£m

709.7

70.9

2019  
£m

% change*  
(LFL)

757.1

78.0

(6.2)%

(8.6)%

Admin expenses

(57.5)

(64.3)

(10.6)%

Adjusted operating 

profit Δ

13.4

13.7

(2.3)%

Gross profit %

10.0%

10.3%

Adjusted operating 
profitΔ conversion 
ratio %

Permanent fees % 

*Using constant exchange rates

18.9%

2.2%

17.6%

4.4%

“ RAPID RESPONSE  
TO DEMAND FOR 
CONTINGENT  
WORKERS DURING  
THE COVID-19 
PANDEMIC.”

For more information
Glossary: page_122

Page_19

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Performance reviews continued

Global Specialist  
Staffing

Page_20

OPERATING IN A CHALLENGING MARKET
The economic and pandemic conditions in 2020 impacted 
our global technology and life sciences brands to different 
degrees across our two core regions. 

In both the UK and North America Covid-19 had an immediate 
effect. During Q2 2020 almost all clients ceased permanent 
hiring activity as they focused attention on the impact of the 
pandemic. Contract and temporary staffing was also affected 
significantly, although the fall in demand was not as 
immediate and also returned more quickly at the end of the 
initial lockdown phases in both regions, and particularly in the 
US where lockdowns eased earlier. 

In the UK, the IT contractor business was also impacted by 
the planned implementation of IR35. Although this was 
subsequently deferred to April 2021, many businesses had 
already taken decisions which resulted in the reduced usage 
of contractors, coinciding with the start of the pandemic.

In both geographies the shift to remote working further 
highlighted the importance of technology to our customers 
and in Q4 we saw a consistent increase in demand for 
developers and software engineers as businesses accelerated 
their digital transformation programmes. In the US our 
contracts with hyperscale data centre operators remained 
buoyant throughout the year as their businesses benefitted 
from the spike in demand for cloud services as companies 
pivoted to remote working.

The UK life sciences business was undoubtedly one of 
the most Covid-19 resilient parts of the Impellam portfolio. 
The increase in demand linked to Covid-related projects 
contributed to year-on-year growth for SRG, with over 50% 
of scientific placements made in H2 2020 linked to Covid-
related projects, across both the private and public sector.

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
The impact of Covid-19, combined with the proposed 
introduction of IR35, drove revenue down by 19.4% and gross 
profit by 17.6% on a constant exchange rate basis, primarily 
impacting Lorien in the UK. Although adjusted operating 
profitΔ for the portfolio overall fell by 26.2%, our gross profit 
margin held up well at 8.8%, slightly ahead of 2019. 

Within the portfolio, SRG in the UK and Lorien in the US 
both performed well. Notably, SRG in the UK improved 
adjusted operating profitΔ conversion by 7.3% to 41.0% and 
productivity by 18.2%. There were significant new wins in 
the UK and US, including a strategic relationship built by SRG 
in the UK with a Covid-19 related organisation, as well as a 
large building society for Lorien and continued growth 
through a large financial services business.

Despite challenging conditions across our geographies, 
sector-based talent and skills shortages and legislative changes 
in the UK and US, we continued to invest in our Global 
Specialist Staffing portfolio in line with our strategic priorities. 

STRATEGIC REPORTThese factors highlighted how critical STEM skills are for the 
future world of work and underlined our strong position in 
this market. Whilst we plan to launch a differentiated STEM 
proposition to the market in 2021, we made significant steps 
to build our scale and capabilities during the year.

Following the merger of our life sciences businesses in 2019 
(SRG in the UK with SRG Woolf in the US), we consolidated our 
portfolio of technology staffing businesses across the UK and 
Europe and North America, rebranding onezeero, s.com and 
Lorien all as Lorien. The move to a single global business 
enables us to provide clients with the scale, agility and 
expertise to meet all their technology and telecoms needs 
anywhere in the world, particularly in the US, a key growth 
market for Impellam. This consolidation is already delivering 
results, with a measurable rise in the number of customers 
working with us internationally in 2020. 

our Global Specialist Staffing brands continued to drive 
collaboration with our Global Managed Services businesses. 
Together they are delivering key scientific, technology and 
telecommunications talent to support the requirements of 
our global customer base. This collaboration enabled us to 
deliver £6.5m in gross profit through Group Fill. 

The international response to Covid-19 is a clear example of 
Virtuosity in action, including setting up a new Covid testing 
recruitment hub to support the significant increase in demand 
for scientists for Covid testing projects as well as a Covid-19 
response team, delivering laboratory staff for Synergy and 
other new clients, placing over 440 candidates in this market.

our customer focus was recognised once again in 2020 when 
Lorien UK won a Gold award at the In-House Recruitment 
Awards for the Total Talent Management Solution it provides 
for the Re-Assure Group and was highly commended at the 
Diversity and Inclusion awards.

The impact of the pandemic has brought the vital role of our 
technology and life sciences businesses into the spotlight and 
highlighted our strength and depth in STEM skills. We intend 
to build on this strategic advantage and will focus our 
investments to meet our customers’ growing requirement 
for scientists, technologists and engineers in both the UK, 
Europe and US.

Revenue

Gross profit

Global Specialist Staffing

2020  
£m

523.2

45.8

2019  
£m

% change*  
(LFL)

649.1

(19.4)%

55.5

(17.6)%

Admin expenses

(34.6)

(40.3)

(14.1)%

Adjusted operating 

profit Δ

Gross profit %

Adjusted operating 
profit Δ conversion 
ratio %

Permanent fees % 

*Using constant exchange rates

11.2

8.8%

15.2

(26.2)%

8.6%

24.5%

16.9%

27.4%

19.6%

“ STEM SKILLS ARE 
CRITICAL FOR THE 
FUTURE WORLD  
OF WORK AND 
UNDERLINE OUR 
STRONG POSITION  
IN THIS MARKET.”

For more information
Glossary: page_122

Page_21

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Performance reviews continued

Regional Specialist 
Staffing

Page_22

OPERATING IN A CHALLENGING MARKET
After a promising start in the first two months of the year 
across our regional businesses, Covid-19 severely impacted our 
clients and markets in both the US and UK. 

In the UK, the healthcare market generated increased demand 
for cleaning, driving and ancillary services in contrast to the 
well-documented difficulties faced in the aviation, retail, 
catering and hospitality sectors. The uncertainty caused by the 
pandemic, combined with juggling the impact of Brexit, has 
resulted in clients remaining cautious about their future hiring 
plans. Temporary staffing has increased as companies are 
reluctant to make long-term staffing commitments, leading to 
a slower recovery in permanent recruitment and we face an 
increasingly competitive market with pressure on margins.

In North America, 2020 started strongly but, as in the UK,  
the impact of Covid-19 was swift, resulting in nationwide 
lockdowns in March. Whilst across the globe white-collar 
workforces pivoted to working remotely, our light industrial 
and manufacturing workers were unable to do so as 
manufacturing plants and retail businesses were closed. 

US restrictions were lifted more quickly than those in the UK 
and by mid-May all 50 states had reopened to some degree. 
Some of our clients shifted their businesses to produce PPE 
and ventilators, resulting in increased demand for temporary 
labour benefitting Bartech’s performance. Corestaff also 
benefitted from an immediate need for temperature takers, 
health screeners and Covid call centre skills. Both brands 
returned to pre-pandemic worker numbers by the end of  
the year.

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
Against a challenging backdrop we delivered £581.5m of 
revenue, down 11.0% (on a constant exchange rate basis) 
due to the impact of Covid-19 on our markets.

Gross profit fell by 25.8% to £69.6m (on a constant exchange 
rate basis) and despite reducing costs by 20.4%, adjusted 
operating profitΔ was significantly down from £6.3m in 2019 to 
a loss of £0.2m, with Catering (Blue Arrow), office (Tate) and 
Education (Career Teachers and Celsian) particularly affected 
with hospitality, offices and schools all shut for large parts of 
the year. In response, decisive action was taken to reduce the 
cost base. This was achieved through improved efficiencies, 
sharing of resources, reducing duplication and driving 
collaboration. Total headcount was reduced from 956 to 748 
and 450 colleagues in the UK were furloughed during the year.

As more flexible ways of working became the norm, our teams 
operated virtually across geographical boundaries. This gave 
us the opportunity to consolidate our property assets, closing 
18 physical branches and offices whilst maintaining 14 
virtual locations.

STRATEGIC REPORTJobScience, our front office system, came into its own in 2020. 
It not only enabled the business to respond quickly to virtual 
working when the pandemic forced the closure of offices, 
but it also produced paperless timesheets for clients and 
candidates through the roll-out of client portals. It led to at 
least six significant client wins as it gave us greater agility to fill 
critical roles in exceptionally tight timescales. For example, 
JobScience was instrumental in enabling Blue Arrow to recruit 
more ‘last mile’ delivery drivers to satisfy the upturn in online 
shopping, supplying over 200% more driving hours in May 
2020 compared with May 2019. More virtual ways of working 
accelerated the creation of a new Blue Arrow ‘Customer 
Success Hub’. We now deliver our service to our National 
Accounts from this Hub, providing dedicated teams that cover 
their business nationally. 

Against a challenging backdrop, the portfolio delivered client 
retention of 45.6% and significant new client contracts which 
will deliver strong returns in 2021.

A significant increase in collaboration both across the portfolio 
and with the wider Group yielded strong results in 2020. For 
example, our UK brands worked closely with our Healthcare 
business, MGG, to deliver services at the heart of the nation’s 
response to Covid-19 by creating strong workforces for the 
testing and vaccination programme. Alongside this, working 
closely with our Global Managed Services brands to drive 
Group Fill delivered £5.4m gross profit.

As our customers responded to the demands of the pandemic, 
our brands have supplied people across the NHS, Ambulance 
Services and the Nightingale Hospitals in the UK. In North 
America, support was provided to an organisation that 
manufactures and distributes heart monitors. Customer 
service operatives were also in high demand, working at home 
dealing with patient queries for crisis management hotlines. 

As Covid-19 restrictions begin to ease, we expect to see the 
hospitality, travel and retail sectors start to recover, staff 
return to offices and schools reopen, opening up demand for 
our services that have been on hold for much of the year. With 
our new streamlined business model and our investment in 
digital technology we are well placed to take advantage of the 
opportunities this will generate.

Revenue

Gross profit

Regional Specialist Staffing

2020  
£m

581.5

69.6

2019  
£m

% change*  
(LFL)

650.3

(11.0)%

94.0

(25.8)%

Admin expenses

(69.8)

(87.7)

(20.4)%

Adjusted operating 

profit Δ

(0.2)

6.3

(106.0)%

Gross profit %

12.0%

14.5%

Adjusted operating 
profit Δ conversion 
ratio %

Permanent fees % 

*Using constant exchange rates

(0.3)%

8.6%

6.7%

14.3%

“ A SIGNIFICANT 
INCREASE IN 
COLLABORATION 
BOTH ACROSS  
THE PORTFOLIO  
AND WITH THE  
WIDER GROUP.”

For more information
Glossary: page_122

Page_23

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Performance reviews continued

Healthcare (MGG)

Page_24

OPERATING IN A CHALLENGING MARKET 
2020 has been dominated by the Covid-19 pandemic, with 
far-reaching effects on the Healthcare market. In Australia, 
New Zealand (‘ANZ’) and the UK and Ireland, elective surgery 
was cancelled along with non-urgent activities and 
international borders have been closed, as well as state 
borders in Australia. This contrasts with acute medical services, 
where demand remained significantly above the previous year 
throughout 2020. National healthcare systems were able to 
divert clinical resources to the most needed areas during peak 
Covid periods; however, candidate availability tightened with 
exposure to the virus on the frontline leading to significant 
numbers of health professionals isolating.

We were deeply saddened by the deaths of eight clinicians 
closely associated with MGG in the UK, which served as a stark 
reminder of the selfless role played by those on the frontline 
during this pandemic.

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
Although revenue fell by 5.8% (on a constant exchange rate 
basis) compared with 2019, gross profit was down 9.6%, 
reflecting the impact of Covid-19. 

Whilst costs were held to support demand, filling vacancies 
was affected by supply side issues reflecting candidate 
availability and sickness. Although cost savings of 6.9% offset 
some of the gross profit loss, adjusted operating profitΔ fell 
by £1.6m to a loss of £1.1m in 2020. 

After a surge in demand in March 2020, demand in the 
UK healthcare staffing market declined, reflecting the 
postponement of elective procedures. Demand started to 
return during Q3 and stabilised after August 2020, whilst not 
returning to pre-Covid levels. This led to margin volatility, 
especially in the locum doctors business across the portfolio. 
In Australia, the State Health Departments handled the initial 
wave so efficiently this presented a new challenge of 
oversupply, and most of the medical recruitment industry 
directly felt the strain of contract cancellations and border 
closures, which impacted our locum business. Trading 
conditions were also challenging early in the year due to 
extensive bushfires resulting in office and business closures. 

Conversely, demand for nursing staff has been strong,  
up 25% year-on-year, driven by the high nurse to patient ratios 
required in acute Covid-related units and the increased demand 
resulting from the high percentage of nurses self-isolating. 

Across the portfolio, the negative impact of the pandemic on 
permanent hiring was felt throughout the year as international 
travel was restricted, although there was some margin 
recovery in Q4 as borders reopened.

In the UK, the profitability of the Health Assessment business 
has also been significantly impacted as face-to-face 
assessments were halted due to Covid. We responded by 
seconding clinical staff from the Health Assessment unit to 
support the efforts of the NHS.

STRATEGIC REPORTour Homecare business rapidly adapted to the pandemic, 
issuing PPE to our workers and ensuring all home carers were 
trained and equipped to deliver care to the most vulnerable in 
our community, in the safest possible way. In Ireland, trading 
was challenging throughout the year as the cancellation of 
elective surgery reduced demand for doctors. 

Revenue

Gross profit

Healthcare

2020  
£m

231.3

41.8

2019  
£m

% change*  
(LFL)

245.8

46.6

(5.8)%

(9.6)%

Customer retention and new wins have remained strong 
during the period. In the UK, we have successfully 
maintained our status on all UK Staffing and Managed 
Service Frameworks and are now included on the NHS 
occupational Health Framework. 

Admin expenses

(42.9)

(46.1)

(6.9)%

Adjusted operating 

profitΔ

(1.1)

0.5

(251.3)%

Gross profit %

18.1%

19.0%

Adjusted operating 
profitΔ conversion 
ratio %

(2.6)%

1.1%

Permanent fees % 

10.0%

12.9%

*Using constant exchange rates

“ WE ARE 
TREMENDOUSLY 
PROUD OF THE WAY 
OUR PEOPLE AND 
OUR HEALTHCARE 
PROFESSIONALS  
HAVE RESPONDED  
TO SUPPORTING  
THE FIGHT AGAINST  
THE PANDEMIC.”

The award of a substantial Managed Services Programme 
(‘MSP’) to provide clinical and non-clinical staff to support 
the Government’s response to Covid-19, demonstrated 
collaboration across the Group at its best. The unique 
combination of MGG’s NHS expertise, SRG’s scientific footprint 
and Blue Arrow’s surge recruitment expertise, ably supported 
by Guidant’s MSP expertise, has enabled the recruitment of 
scientific and associated roles. We have also secured contracts 
to supply nurses, clinical leads, and associate roles, for a wide 
range of other Covid-19 related projects, supporting both 
public and private sector clients to track and control 
transmission and infection rates.

In December 2020, as a result of our expertise in mobilising 
healthcare workforces, we were awarded an MSP to support 
the national vaccination efforts, with MGG and Blue Arrow 
staffing the clinical and non-clinical requirements across 
Berkshire, oxfordshire and Buckinghamshire. 

We continued to invest in technology with the implementation 
of Robotic Process Automation to keep candidates engaged 
and databases refreshed. This enabled MGG to deliver over 
200 more nurses every week to one NHS Trust alone. 

Whilst we are tremendously proud of the way our people and 
our healthcare professionals have responded to supporting 
the fight against the pandemic, we look forward to the return 
of elective surgery and routine clinical activity in the NHS and 
other regional healthcare systems, where our expertise in this 
sector and the commitment of our dedicated loyal workforce 
means we are well positioned to return to growth.

During 2020, MGG became an integral part of Impellam’s 
integrated business model and from this strategic move came 
significant collaboration. As a consequence, we are well placed 
to continue delivering strategic and financial benefits to MGG 
as well as other brands across the ANZ and the UK and Europe 
portfolio of businesses in 2021.

For more information
Glossary: page_122

Page_25

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

CFO review

Financial performance  
impacted by Covid-19

Tim Briant
Chief Financial Officer 

“ CONTINUED 
FOCUS ON COST 
CONTROL AND 
CASH SUPPORTS 
RESULTS DURING 
A CHALLENGING 
YEAR.”

INTRODUCTION
Revenue for the year was down 11.3% (11.3% at constant 
exchange rates) and gross profit decreased by 16.8% (16.7% at 
constant exchange rates) reflecting the impact of the Covid-19 
pandemic on demand for temporary and permanent staff 
across our businesses. Q1 2020 started well with trading in line 
with prior year until the first lockdowns across our regions. 
Trading reductions were most severe in the second quarter 
when restrictions were at their highest level and improved 
steadily through the second half of the year as these were 
lifted and businesses adapted to new ways of working.

The decline in gross profit was mitigated by a £33.1m (13.6%) 
reduction in costs through savings from voluntary pay cuts, 
reduced bonus and commission payments, headcount 
reductions, property closures and reduced travel and facilities 
costs. In addition, we received £7.4m of government support 
through the Job Retention Scheme, rates deferrals and retail 
grants. These savings were offset by restructuring costs 
of £2m and a £3.6m increase in provisions for bad debt. 

Page_26

Adjusted operating profitΔ reduced by 41.5% to £18.2m 
due to the impact of Covid-19, with the UK experiencing 
the most significant declines. 

In response to the challenges faced in the year the Group  
also impaired former acquisition intangibles by £22.2m  
(2019: £7.0m). This non-cash charge was recognised in the  
first half of the year. £14.3m was recognised against the 
Information Technology Cash Generating Unit (‘CGU’) in the  
GSS reporting segment. Just under £2.1m was recognised 
against the Engineering CGU, just under £0.3m against the 
online platform CGU and £5.6m on the Education brand 
value, all of which are in the RSS reporting segment. 

As a result of the impact of CoVID-19 and the impairment 
charges, the Group recorded an operating loss in the year 
of £15.0m (2019: profit £13.9m).

STRATEGIC REPORTFinancial performance  

impacted by Covid-19

The difference between adjusted operating profitΔ and 
operating profit is reconciled on page 120 and is principally 
due to the impairment of intangibles previously discussed, 
and the amortisation of acquired intangibles.

GOVERNMENT SUPPORT
In the UK, the Group received £5m under the Job Retention 
Scheme (‘JRS’) where almost 800 staff were furloughed 
between April and November. In addition, the Group received 
rates relief of £1.7m and retail grant income of £0.7m. From 
a cash flow perspective, the Group was able to defer VAT 
payments of £36.4m which will be repaid over 11 months 
from March 2021. In the US, $16m (£11.6m) of federal tax was 
deferred under the CARES initiative and will be repaid in two 
equal instalments in December 2021 and December 2022.

We have also administered the JRS for the temporary staff 
we provide to clients. The net effect of these programmes 
on our gross profit and cost of sales was not material as 
these programmes were used to compensate the temporary 
staff affected. It allowed us to maintain these temporary 
colleagues on our payroll without charging these to clients 
and preventing ending of their contracts.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE
Currency movements versus Sterling adversely impacted 
our reported performance. over the course of the year to 
December 2020, the total impact of exchange movements 
on gross profit and adjusted operating profitΔ were £0.7m 
adverse and £0.5m adverse, respectively. Fluctuations in the 
rates of the Group’s key operating currencies versus Sterling 
continue to represent a sensitivity for the reported 
performance of our business. By way of illustration, each  
1 cent movement in annual exchange rates of the US Dollar 
impacts gross profit by £0.5m per annum and adjusted 
operating profitΔ by £0.1m per annum. The rate of exchange 
between the US Dollar and Sterling over the year ended 
1 January 2021 averaged US$1.2840 and closed at US$1.3494. 
As the Group expands further in overseas territories the 
impact of changes in exchange rates will be greater.

OPERATING PROFIT TO NET CASH GENERATED 2020_£m

60.3

(2.7)

94.5

(48.0)

9.5

42.4

(15.0)

Operating
profit

Non-cash

IFRS 16
non-cash

Working 
capital

Tax paid

Net cash 
generated

Government 
support

46.5

Net cash 
generated
excluding
support

NET CASH GENERATED 

£94.5m

(2019: £49.5m)

DECREASE IN NET DEBT (BEFORE IFRS 16)_£m

75
75

60

45

30

15

0

£72.3m

£48.0m decrease due to government support
£24.3m decrease excluding government support

£24.3m

2019

2020
excl support

£4.5m

2020
incl support

NET DEBT 

£4.1m

(2019: £72.3m)

For more information
Glossary: page_122

Page_27

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

CFO review continued

Whilst the year-on-year average strength of the US Dollar 
against Sterling positively affected trading results, the strength 
of Sterling at the balance sheet date (2020: US$1.3494; 2019: 
US$1.3093) led to a lower re-translation of cash balances 
denominated in foreign currencies and resulted in a £1.3m 
year-on-year increase in net debt. 

CAPITAL INVESTMENT
Capital expenditure on tangible and intangible fixed assets 
in the period was £3.5m (2019: £10.4m), as we restricted 
our spending in response to the impact of Covid-19. The 
net repayment of finance leases amounted to £8.3m 
(2019: £9.2m). 

INTEREST AND DEBT
Net cash generated from operations during the period was 
£94.5m, £46.5m after adjusting for the deferral of UK VAT and 
US Federal Taxes (2019: £49.5m). Strong underlying cash 
performance was the result of the continued focus on cash 
collections, overdue debt reduction and working capital 
management activities. Excluding the deferral of tax payments, 
the conversion of adjusted operating profitΔ to net cash 
generated is 256% (2019: 138%). At the end of 2020, Days 
Sales outstanding (‘DSo’) stood at 37.1 days (2019: 39.4 days).

Finance expenses were lower than the prior year at £5.7m 
(2019: £9.0m). Lease interest was lower at £0.8m (2019: 
£1.3m) and interest cost on facilities reduced to £4.6m (2019: 
£6.5m) as a result of reduced borrowings. 

At the balance sheet date net debt was £26.3m. Excluding the 
adjustments for IFRS 16, net debt was £4.1m compared to 
£72.3m in 2019, a decrease of £68.2m. The net cash flow from 
operations was primarily utilised as follows:
• 
•  Net lease repayment: £8.3m
•  Share buybacks: £4.3m
•  Net interest paid on borrowings and leases: £5.4m

Investment in fixed assets and software development: £3.5m

£3.0m of the share buyback was prior to the suspension of the 
programme due to Covid-19.

The Group’s operations are financed by retained earnings and 
bank borrowings. 

The Group has in place a £240m global revolving credit facility 
(‘RCF’) with an accordion element of an additional £50m which 
is available to 1 April 2021 and in March 2020 the Group 
exercised the option to extend £220m of the facility by one 
year to 1 April 2023. This provides the Group with the 
flexibility to fund its working capital as well as future potential 
acquisitions. Rates of interest for the RCF are based on LIBoR 
plus a margin calculated on the net debt to adjusted EBITDAΔ 
leverage. The RCF also includes a letter of credit facility which 
amounted to £3.23m (2019: £3.35m) at the end of 2020.

Page_28

The Group takes advantage of a number of non-
recourse financing agreements organised by clients 
of the Group to allow for the acceleration of payment 
of the Group’s receivables. At the end of 2020, 
these amounted to £6.3m (2019: £12.6m). These 
agreements accrue interest at between 0.65% and 
1.75% over LIBoR.

A significant priority for the Group remains the focus 
on the conversion of operating profit into sustained 
positive cash flow by controlling working capital. The 
Group measures three covenants as required by the 
facility – interest cover, adjusted leverage ratio 
(defined as net debt less loan notes and restricted 
cash to adjusted EBITDAΔ) and debtor cover. All 
covenants were met during the year.

Borrowing levels are controlled by the Group Finance 
department, which manages treasury risk in 
accordance with policies set by the Board. 

The Group’s financial liabilities are denominated 
primarily in Sterling. At December 2020, US$20m of 
the RCF was drawn in US Dollars to provide a natural 
hedge against the US operations’ profit streams and 
net assets which, when reported at a Group level, are 
affected by movements in exchange rates. Exposure 
to currency risk at a transactional level is generally 
minimal, with most transactions being carried out in 
local currency.

TAXATION
The tax charge in the period of £1.0m (2019: £0.9m) 
represents an effective tax rate of -4.9% (2019: 15.8%). 
The tax charge is comprised of corporate tax charges 
arising on the Group’s activities in the UK and overseas. 

The overseas tax charge arises mainly in the US where 
the highest federal corporate income tax rate is 21% 
and also includes state taxes which range from 2%-9% 
on average.

The Group’s contribution to the UK Treasury in the 
period amounted to £212.3m (2019: £288.0m) and 
consisted of VAT, income tax, national insurance and 
corporation tax.

of this amount, employer’s national insurance, 
apprenticeship levy, irrecoverable VAT and corporation 
tax of £24.5m (2019: £50.0m) was a cost to the business. 

EARNINGS PER SHARE
Continuing basic earnings per share decreased to 
(46.2)p (2019: 9.8p) as underlying profit after tax from 
continuing operations reduced by £26.2m. This 
decrease was driven by the impact of Covid-19 and the 
increase in impairment of acquired intangible assets. 

STRATEGIC REPORTThe weighted average number of shares in 2020 was 46.2m, 
2.3m lower than 2019 due to the ongoing share buyback 
programme. 

Continuing adjusted earnings per share decreased to 18.2p 
(2019: 39.2p) and reflects the underlying performance of the 
business, excluding impairment and amortisation of acquired 
intangibles and their respective taxation impact.

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The Group’s capital base (note 29) is primarily used to finance 
its working capital requirement, the key component of which 
is trade receivables. Trade receivables in the staffing and 
support services sectors are managed according to a range 
of DSo targets. Terms of trade are monitored, and the 
approval of extended payment terms requires senior finance 
involvement. In some of the Group’s Managed Services 
businesses, the amounts payable to third party suppliers are 
not due until shortly after the receipt of the client receivable. 
As noted above, the Group has committed facilities that 
ensure there is sufficient liquidity to meet ongoing business 
requirements.

The primary objectives of the Group’s capital management are 
to ensure that it maintains a good credit rating in order to 
support its business, maximise shareholder value and to 
safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

GOING CONCERN
After making appropriate enquiries, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future. 

In coming to their conclusion, the Directors have considered 
the Group’s profit and cash flow plans for the coming period, 
and in the light of the continued uncertainties related to the 
global pandemic, Covid-19, have run downside scenarios 
representing the potential impact on the trading performance 
and cash flows of the Group. 

The projections assess our potential debt requirements 
against the Group’s £240m of committed facilities and against 
the key covenant ratios over this period. The Group has cyclical 
working capital requirements which increase during periods of 
higher trading levels so if there is any short-term decline in 
trading, the working capital requirements and net debt would 
initially reduce, providing a natural hedge against any sudden 
downturn. In the projections, as business activity increases, 
working capital requirements and net debt levels would rise, 
but to levels well within our facility. There would be an initial 
increase in the Group’s operating leverage but manageable 
against covenant requirements. These scenarios include cost 
mitigation actions that the Group can implement, such as 
reduced performance bonus, travel and entertainment, 
marketing activity, reduced capital expenditure and reductions 
in share buybacks, and, if required, a short period of reduced 
working hours. 

The scenarios do not include headcount reductions. In the 
event that there is a more significant downturn than in these 
scenarios there are further mitigating actions which could 
include, but are not limited to, further reductions in capital 
expenditure and share buyback, further reductions in non-
business critical expenditure as well as the potential to reduce 
working hours and headcount reductions.

Based on the above, the Directors consider it appropriate to 
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements.

DIVIDENDS AND SHARE BUYBACK
Following the outbreak of Covid-19, the Board suspended the 
share buyback programme whilst retaining the authorities to 
buy back shares on an ad hoc basis if deemed appropriate by 
the Board. In 2020 a total of 1,397,789, £4.3m of shares, were 
purchased and cancelled by the Company, of which £3m was 
purchased prior to the suspension of the programme.

In January 2021 the Board announced a reduced share 
buyback programme, where it will purchase ordinary shares in 
the Company up to an aggregate market value of £0.5m per 
calendar month until the next AGM to be held in June 2021.

INSURANCE
The Group maintains a comprehensive insurance programme 
with several reputable third party underwriters. Insurance 
is brokered at a Group level. The Group’s insurance policies 
are reviewed and updated annually to ensure that there is 
adequate cover for insurable risks and that the terms of those 
policies are optimised.

BREXIT
on 31 January 2020 the UK left the European Union, and 
the transition period ended on 31 December 2020. There is 
continued uncertainty as to the future trading relationship 
that will exist between the UK and the European Union and 
to some extent the rest of the UK’s global trading partners. 
The continued uncertainty could have a detrimental impact 
on candidate confidence to move jobs, or business confidence 
to invest and take on new staff. The impact on this could be 
reduced volumes of placements in our UK business leading 
to reduced fees. Forward visibility remains limited and the 
outlook uncertain, but as ever we will monitor activity 
levels closely.

OUTLOOK
Through 2020 our focus on cost and cash management were 
key in delivering a robust financial performance against the 
backdrop of the global pandemic. Although the speed and 
extent of the economic recovery in our global markets remains 
uncertain, trading conditions have been improving. With the 
actions we took in 2020 underpinned by our strategies across 
our balanced portfolio, we are well placed to take advantage 
of a return to growth.

Page_29

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Principal risks

We recognise that effective risk management is fundamental to delivery of 
the Group’s strategic objectives. Each business segment considers strategic, 
operational and financial risks on a regular basis, evaluates existing controls 
and identifies further actions required to mitigate risks. Risks that are 
considered significant at Group level are set out below.

THREAT

MITIGATION

STATUS

STRATEGIC RISKS

ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Global and regional economic conditions can be affected by numerous 
factors including political change or unrest, pandemic disease and 
weather events.

There continues to be economic uncertainty in most nations due to  
the Covid-19 pandemic which is clearly a significant risk to our ability  
to maintain and grow gross profit, either through reduced 
requirements for temporary staff, by discouraging clients to hire 
permanent staff, or by encouraging clients to adopt cheaper 
delivery options.

A prolonged delay in economic recovery and the re-introduction  
of more severe lockdown measures in the geographies
in which we operate also poses significant risk.

POLITICAL ENVIRONMENT

The UK left the EU on 31 December 2020 and whilst an exit agreement 
was finalised there is some uncertainty regarding the arrangements. 
This leads to general economic uncertainty, along with a more specific 
risk regarding labour movement restrictions.

In the public sector, ongoing financial constraints may limit growth 
and/or create pressure on margins on existing business.

Geographical diversity and the Group’s mixed 
portfolio of Managed Services and Specialist 
Staffing businesses mitigate the potential 
impacts of economic changes in specific 
regions. Risk is further mitigated by the 
diversity of sectors in which the Group’s 
clients operate and close management 
of operating costs across all brands 
and functions.

The diversity and mixed portfolio of the Group 
has also supported continuing performance 
during the Covid-19 pandemic. Some of our 
clients and sectors have been able to operate 
relatively unaffected whilst others have been 
forced to shut down.

Management maintain open dialogue with key 
clients in relation to both short and long-term 
plans generally, as well as with specific regard 
to Brexit.

The Group continues to monitor Brexit-related 
exposures and developments and 
communicate with clients, employed staff 
and candidates.

ATTRACTING AND RETAINING TALENT

Any constraints on the Group’s ability to attract and retain key talent in 
an increasingly competitive market could result in loss or weakening of 
client relationships, lack of appropriate leadership and/or erosion of 
the Group’s talent base, impacting achievement of both financial and 
other objectives.

Planned business transformation initiatives will create a need for new 
skill sets in the Group in the medium term. Factors such as Brexit and 
changes to the UK immigration rules may impact on the availability of 
talent more generally.

The Group’s high-retention business model 
ensures that brands and central functions are 
focused on talent management and 
development, performance review and 
succession planning.

Leadership development programmes are in 
place and the Group’s Virtuoso-based culture 
encourages talent development and 
progression.

The Group’s Equality, Diversity and Inclusion 
policy is outlined on page 37.

H 

M 

M 

Page_30

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
Risk trend

H 

H 

H 

 M 

 M 

 M 

 Increased compared to 2019 Annual Report

 Stable compared to 2019 Annual Report

 Decreased compared to 2019 Annual Report

THREAT

MITIGATION

CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION

General decline in a particular industry sector, loss of a key customer or 
a significant reduction in business volume on a key account could result 
in reduced revenue and/or increased pressure on gross profit. 

The outbreak of Covid-19 has created significant economic uncertainty 
for our clients.

Management discuss and review market 
conditions and sales and account management 
pipelines on an ongoing basis. ‘Top customer’ 
reporting includes analysis by sector and 
geography, highlighting any emerging 
exposures.

Management also hold regular meetings with 
key customers to discuss sales pipelines, 
current service performance and 
opportunities to add new services lines or 
extend existing services.

All clients are vetted and credit checked prior 
to trading and we hold credit insurance across 
the Group.

DELIVERY OF STRATEGIC PROJECTS

The Group is committed to investing in a range of strategic 
transformation projects that will drive revenue growth and/or improve 
operational efficiency. 

Failure to operate rigorous control and oversight of such projects may 
result in returns on such investment being lower than expected.

Strategic projects, each owned by a senior 
leader directly accountable to the Group CEo, 
are managed using a promise management 
platform (Mosaic).

A Group PMo oversees and governs our 
transformation programme. An assurance 
programme reports to the Audit Committee 
to ensure delivery of our IT Roadmap. 

DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGY

Use of digital technologies in the recruitment market is expanding 
rapidly and disrupting ‘traditional’ people-based processes. This trend 
is expected to accelerate as new technologies are developed and 
enable new ways of working.

The relevance of relationships between candidates, clients and 
recruitment agencies is declining and any failure by the Group to 
adapt its business model appropriately could lead to competitive 
disadvantage.

The Group actively monitors and assesses 
emerging technologies through both IT and 
origin, our innovation hub. The origin team 
work closely with the Virtuoso Alliance and 
across regions. origin runs pilots and 
experiments and partners with new service 
providers. During 2019 this led to the purchase 
of Flexy, an online marketplace for workers 
seeking temporary roles, which in 2020 was 
launched in Australia.

The Group has developed a strategic IT 
Roadmap during 2020.

STATUS

H 

M 

M 

Page_31

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Principal risks continued

THREAT

MITIGATION

STATUS

OPERATIONAL RISKS

TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS

The Group is reliant on many different technology systems that may 
have limited useful life in a fast-changing business environment.

The legacy nature of some systems may also hinder optimisation 
of end-to-end business processes.

Systems may also be vulnerable to factors beyond the Group’s control 
e.g. power failures or internet connectivity outages.

CYBER AND INFORMATION SECURITY

The risk of external cyber-attacks continues to increase. A successful 
attack could result in loss of sensitive data, business disruption and/or 
damage to the Group’s reputation.

The Group has a stable systems infrastructure 
and an ongoing IT investment programme.

M 

Core systems are replicated across two 
geographically separate data centres and 
regular monitoring of systems performance 
is undertaken.

An analysis of opportunities for development 
and standardisation of key systems was 
developed during 2019 and a cloud-based 
IT Roadmap was agreed in 2020 such that 
investment was given Board approval in 
December 2020.

A programme to enhance security of the 
Group’s systems against cyber-attack has been 
implemented.

H 

ongoing monitoring is in place and regular 
exercises are undertaken. A cyber security 
upgrade is underway including obtaining 
Cyber Essentials Plus certification in May 2021. 
The Group is already ISo 27001 and Cyber 
Essentials accredited.

GDPR was implemented across the relevant 
parts of the Group in 2018 and regular 
reminders are published to staff to promote 
awareness of cyber risk.

BUSINESS CONTINUITY

A major disruptive event, such as a fire, severe weather or the current 
Covid-19 pandemic affecting one or more of the Group’s operating 
locations, could lead to loss of business and/or adverse impacts on 
staff and assets.

The current focus on Covid-19 means attention is diverted from 
other potential business critical risks.

Comprehensive systems and operational 
business continuity plans are in place and 
tested on a regular basis. These are updated 
at least annually.

M 

Contingency plans such as remote working 
and redeployment of staff to other Group 
sites are in place to ensure minimal disruption.

SERVICE AND CONTRACTUAL COMPLEXITY

In certain markets, the Group’s clients are becoming increasingly 
sophisticated in their procurement and buying activity. Competitive 
tendering activity and commercial contracts are becoming increasingly 
complex, with longer lead times in decision-making. This necessitates 
constant development of the Group’s service offer, the sophistication 
of our selling activities and the management of tendering processes.

Complexity and changing client requirements also present challenges 
around measuring and monitoring service delivery and compliance 
with contract SLAs.

The Group has a standardised contract review 
process in place involving operational, 
commercial and legal oversight.

M 

The Group also continues to invest in specialist 
resource to support business development, 
implementation and service delivery activities. 

Page_32

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Risk trend

H 

H 

H 

 M 

 M 

 M 

 Increased compared to 2019 Annual Report

 Stable compared to 2019 Annual Report

 Decreased compared to 2019 Annual Report

THREAT

MITIGATION

STATUS

REGULATORY, COMPLIANCE AND FINANCIAL RISKS

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

Regulatory changes can lead to increased costs and workload, 
particularly where they relate to candidates’ rights, eligibility to 
work or corporate reporting e.g. payment practices, diversity.

The planned extension of IR35 off-payroll worker regulations to the 
private sector in the UK, which was delayed to April 2021, has caused 
some short-term disruption as both clients and contractors adapted. 

Expansion into new geographies in support of clients’ needs brings 
exposure to unfamiliar regulatory environments.

CASH AND LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT

Poor cash and liquidity management may result in strain on the 
Group’s credit facilities and/or operational cash flow issues.

The outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic now creates significant 
economic uncertainty for our clients which could impact their ability 
to settle outstanding liabilities.

Legal, Finance and Compliance functions at 
both Group and brand levels monitor risks 
and compliance, taking appropriate action 
where necessary.

H 

Appropriate policies and codes of conduct are 
in place across the Group and regular training 
is provided to colleagues.

Process and system changes required to 
ensure effective management of IR35 
changes have been identified and are 
being implemented.

External professional advice is sought 
where insufficient knowledge exists within 
the Group.

The Group has a central Treasury function in 
place with regular forecasting, reporting and 
review procedures.

M 

The Group also maintains a revolving credit 
facility with a syndicate of banks to provide 
additional flexibility in its funding 
arrangements. This was renewed during 2019.

A Group Credit Policy sets out the policies and 
procedures that must be implemented across 
the Group to mitigate credit risk. 

FINANCIAL CONTROL

A failure of financial control could lead to a material loss to 
the business.

The Group operates several shared services 
arrangements where transaction processing 
and management accounting are independent 
of operations.

M 

A clearly defined schedule of delegated 
authority limits for various types of decisions 
and transactions is in place and appropriate 
segregation of duties is maintained in all 
finance processes.

Key business processes are subject to periodic 
internal audit review with clearly defined 
action plans established to address any control 
weaknesses.

Page_33

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Stakeholder engagement and our S172 statement 

INTRODUCTION
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires Directors to take 
into consideration the interests of stakeholders and other 
matters in their decision-making. We believe we have a history of 
collaborative, informative stakeholder engagement and decision-
making based on long-term success, and we maintain governance 
structures and processes that support good decision-making. 

REOPENING OUR GLOBAL OFFICES IN LINE  
WITH COVID-19 SECURE GUIDANCE
As local lockdown measures were introduced around the 
world, we maintained operational capacity throughout  
long periods of remote working before reopening our  
offices safely.

This section articulates how the Directors have acted to 
promote the success of the Group for the benefit of its 
stakeholders. In meeting this responsibility, the Directors have 
had regard, amongst other matters, to:
a)  the likely consequences of any decisions in the long term;
b)  the interests of the Group’s colleagues;
c)  the need to foster the Group’s business relationships with 

suppliers, customers and others;

d)  the impact of the Group’s operations on the community 

and environment;

e)  the Group’s reputation for high standards of business 

conduct; and

f)  the need to act fairly as between members of the Group.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Impellam Group’s stakeholders are clients, candidates, suppliers, 
colleagues, investors and lenders and the Board recognises the 
need to regularly engage with its stakeholders as it makes 
decisions. We develop and encourage long-term relationships 
with our stakeholders based upon Impellam’s vision ‘to be the 
world’s most trusted staffing company – trusted by our people, 
our clients and our investors in equal measure’.

As part of this vision, our stakeholders’ interests have been 
forefront when the Board of Directors set the strategic 
priorities of the Group. The strategic priorities of: Enabling 
our Virtuosos; Transforming our Portfolio; and Improving 
Resilience include consideration of the key stakeholder groups 
and how we engage with them.

In addition to regular stakeholder engagement, as the Board 
of Directors, our intention is to take into account our 
operational impacts on the community and environment, 
and our wider societal responsibilities, and in particular, 
how we impact the regions we serve. We support our 
communities by finding them good work, supporting local 
corporate social responsibility initiatives and ensuring our 
impact on the environment is minimal, as demonstrated by 
our ISo 14001 accreditation.

PRINCIPAL DECISIONS IN 2020
The Board considered the interests of, and the impact on, 
all stakeholders when making a number of key decisions 
during the year, as demonstrated by the following examples.

Stakeholder considerations:
Colleagues
There have undoubtedly been operational, financial and 
environmental benefits from enabling our workforce to work 
remotely over this time. However, our people also thrive on 
face-to-face interaction, building collaboration and rapport. 
In addition, some individuals have struggled from a wellbeing 
perspective throughout this time.

We undertook a number of colleague surveys, assessing how 
people were coping as well as equipment and infrastructure 
requirements to understand how we could support our 
colleagues. We have also trained 55 mental health first aiders 
across the Group who are able to offer confidential support 
to any colleague.

We committed to supporting our colleagues where they need 
either access to an office environment to work from, or the 
ability to safely interact in person with colleagues. As local 
guidance was released regarding opening of offices, we 
reviewed this in detail and assessed each office against these 
requirements and undertook the necessary steps to make 
them ‘Covid safe’. We then prioritised which offices could 
reopen and identified the colleagues who could use them. 
Whenever the local guidance changed, immediate action was 
taken to ensure we were operating within the updated rules. 
We offered continued support to our colleagues who remained 
working remotely.

Suppliers
our property team worked with our landlords where necessary 
to ensure each property was Covid safe prior to reopening.

Clients, candidates, investors and lenders
By keeping our people safe in their working environment, we 
are able to continue to meet client requirements, support our 
candidates and deliver effective business results throughout 
the pandemic.

Outcome
our offices have opened safely where possible, enabling 
suitable working environments for those struggling to 
work remotely. We continue to review our property 
requirements and are actively reducing the number 
of properties in our portfolio.

Page_34

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNMENT SUPPORT FOR COVID-19
As the pandemic continued, the UK Government offered 
support for affected companies which comprised of the Job 
Retention Scheme (‘JRS’), retail grants and deferral of tax 
payments in the UK. The US government also allowed deferral 
of federal tax payments. As a Group we evaluated the options 
available and the benefit we and our stakeholders would gain 
from the various schemes. We took this action after the Board 
and leaders across the business had taken salary reductions.

Stakeholder considerations:
Colleagues
As demand from our clients fell drastically from the end of 
March due to the impact on some of our key industries – 
education, catering and hospitality, aviation and retail – we 
had to consider work we had available for our colleagues. As a 
result, we used the JRS for colleagues from April 2020 until 
November 2020, with up to 800 colleagues furloughed. This 
enabled us to protect jobs for as long as possible as we 
re-organised strategically and agreed our long-term structure. 

Clients and candidates
We worked closely with our clients to understand their 
requirements during the pandemic, and in particular their 
requirements for our workers. Where applicable, we have 
administered the JRS for candidates.

Investors and lenders
Due to Covid-19 we re-assessed the share buyback programme 
whilst we considered the impact on our ability to deliver 
acceptable financial results both in 2020 and for the longer 
term. By using the available government support we ensured 
that we protected effective business outcomes whilst 
continuing to support colleagues and candidates.

Outcome
We have used the Government support schemes to protect 
jobs, manage cash flow and offset costs incurred when offices 
remain closed.

GROUP TRANSFORMATION
A decision was made in early 2020 to accelerate the 
transformation work which started in 2019. The 
transformation programme will deliver the Virtuoso operating 
model, an integrated and collaborative business. In 2020 our 
work has focused on the organisational design of the Group, 
including spans and layers and decision-making paths, and the 
supporting IT systems. As a result, strategic investments were 
approved for a Customer office, a Managed Services Centre 
of Excellence and a new People Services function with the 
intention of ensuring there is never a reason for a customer, 
candidate or colleague to leave Impellam.

Stakeholder considerations:
Colleagues 
The changes to the organisational design and structure of the 
Group due to the transformation programme, alongside the 
impact of Covid-19 on the business, led to a number of 
redundancies being required. In July we started a redundancy 
process that put up to 600 roles across the Group at risk 
through to the end of 2020 and into 2021. After identifying 
the 551 at-risk individuals we entered into the required 
consultation process. Alongside this we continued to consider 
using the JRS if appropriate. 

We considered the impact this would have on the entire Group 
in line with our Company values. our approach was to protect 
jobs for the long term by building a fighting fit Virtuoso 
business, so we consistently talked to colleagues about the 
benefits of an integrated business which has increased 
collaboration and enabled shared resource across the Group 
in a challenging period. our people now have a greater voice, 
there are fewer layers, decision-making is quicker and internal 
mobility is increasing.

Clients, candidates and suppliers
The Virtuoso operating model has been designed to accelerate 
the delivery of the strategy and to make sure that our 
Virtuosos are close to our clients, candidates and suppliers 
and can innovate our services to them. All restructuring and 
redundancy decisions were made with this at front of mind.

Investors and lenders
The Virtuoso operating model will drive increased shareholder 
value by accelerating margin growth through cross sell and 
Group Fill and reducing costs by reducing duplication and 
re-work. It will enable us to continue to meet our cash flow 
targets and manage our lender requirements accordingly.

Outcome
The transformation programme continued in 2020 despite the 
difficulties faced with Covid-19 and will continue into 2021 as 
we implement the new IT systems and further organisational 
changes. Combined with the impacts of Covid-19 on the 
business, the process resulted in 300 roles being made 
redundant. This will result in annualised savings of £15m 
across the Group and will contribute to delivery of the Group 
transformation programme.

Page_35

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Stakeholder engagement and our S172 statement continued

STAKEHOLDER GROUP WHY THEY ARE IMPORTANT

HOW WE ENGAGE

Clients

Colleagues

Candidates

Suppliers

We work with our clients to find people for 
good work to help them build better 
businesses. We retain them, continuing to 
understand their evolving requirements.

We review client satisfaction and our 
performance either quarterly, biannually or 
annually. This is supported by feedback via 
face-to-face meetings, Net Promoter Scores 
and surveys.

our colleagues are fundamental to the 
delivery of our vision, mission, strategic and 
financial promises to our stakeholders.

our mechanisms for engaging with colleagues 
include: a shadow board, the Virtuoso Alliance, 
colleague councils across the Group, surveys, 
Net Promoter Scores and Best Companies’ 
surveys, and our communication and 
collaboration platform, Workplace.

our mission as a business is to ‘provide a sense 
of purpose and fulfilment for our people to 
help our customers build better businesses in 
a changing world’ which includes the 
candidates we provide to our customers.

We engage with our candidates using Net 
Promoter Scores, real-time feedback and 
surveys, via our websites and apps which 
digitise the job-seeking process.

We depend on a myriad of partners to meet 
our needs – whether they are supplying 
stationery or sourcing workers for our 
programmes. We place the highest 
expectations on our supply chain and, in turn, 
we treat them as real partners.

All suppliers are expected to abide by our 
Supplier Code of Conduct. In 2020 we 
introduced audits of key suppliers not only to 
measure their progress against the Code of 
Conduct but also to give them some coaching 
guidance, where necessary, in achieving the 
standards we expect. 

Investors and lenders

Access to capital through the capital markets 
and our lenders is important to the long-term 
success of our business.

The Board has regular meetings with our 
institutional investors and lenders to explain 
the Company’s strategy, progress and plans, 
and to share how we are addressing market 
challenges. Due to Covid-19 these meetings 
have continued through online forums rather 
than in person.  

The Annual General Meeting is open to 
all investors.

Shareholders can view relevant information 
about Impellam in the Investors section of 
impellam.com.

Page_36

STRATEGIC REPORTResponsible business

Our commitment to sustainability underlines 
our responsibility to build long-term value for 
all our stakeholders, supported by sound 
policies, good governance and positive actions.

PEOPLE AND CULTURE
Colleague engagement and communications
All 2,500 Impellam people across the world are connected by 
Workplace, an internal social network. Workplace combines the 
structure of a traditional intranet with the capabilities of 
Enterprise-wide Social Networking software: a place to organise 
and disseminate information securely, and also a place for our 
people to connect, communicate and collaborate. 

The Group CEo holds quarterly strategy cascades with leaders 
across the Group and connects with all 2,500 people on a 
regular basis through Workplace, using video and written 
updates, wellbeing check-ins, a monthly newsletter, live Q&A 
sessions, and other multimedia to provide strategic 
information and financial updates. Covid-19 has changed the 
way we work, and as a consequence we have increased the 
frequency and media we use to communicate with colleagues. 
our managers hold regular 1:1 meetings with their people, 
team meetings, and wider business-area conferences and 
townhalls to facilitate sharing of information, consultation, 
and two-way communication, supported by tools like 
openBlend. 

The Virtuoso Alliance (our shadow board) operates alongside 
the Leadership Team to provide opinions, ideas, insight and 
observations on the world in which we operate. Its purpose 
is to make sure the Group CEo and the Leadership Team 
remain connected to our colleagues and in turn our customers 
and candidates.

The Impellam communications model and associated 
technology means we can connect with our colleagues quickly, 
wherever they are. The platform and communication strategy 
facilitates faster knowledge sharing, communication and 
collaboration. This dynamic approach to communications is 
key to our strategy and culture of enabling our Virtuosos to 
achieve our vision of becoming the world’s most trusted 
staffing company. 

Covid-19 and our people
In order to keep our people safe and able to continue 
delivering services to customers and candidates, we formed 
an Incident Management Team and implemented Business 
Continuity protocols. National lockdowns and extensive 
restrictions resulted in our offices closing as well as client 
sites across multiple sectors in all key regions. In response, 
we mobilised operational support teams from IT to HR to 
ensure our people and candidates could rapidly move to 
working from home. our day-to-day ways of working changed 
and technology was used extensively. Collaboration and 
telecommunications technologies enabled team working, 
virtual recruitment platforms enabled our people to interview 
and onboard candidates remotely and robotic process 

automation helped to keep candidates engaged and databases 
refreshed. We held Microsoft Teams training events to support 
all Impellam people with the virtual tools they need to work 
efficiently and we continued to make significant investment in 
the modernisation of our IT systems, further digitalising the 
way our people work using AI, automation and mobile 
solutions. over 400 Impellam managers attended ‘Leadership 
in a Changed World’ sessions to enable them to think, behave 
and act like Virtuosos at a time of intense uncertainty, so they 
could support their teams in the right way. 

Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (‘ED&I’)
We actively encourage diversity in the workplace and have a 
wide and varied colleague base with a variety of social and 
ethnic groups represented at all levels of the business. We 
believe that breaking down the barriers that have traditionally 
restricted access to the labour market will encourage job 
opportunities for all. our global Impellam Group ED&I team 
includes representation from our key regions: North America, 
Australia and New Zealand, and the UK and Europe. Under the 
direction and leadership of the Group CEo and People 
Directors it brings together leadership and governance 
balanced with Group-wide, regional and brand-specific actions. 
our strategy is based on data, qualitative intelligence from 
a global survey, participation from regional committees and 
aims to make Impellam a more diverse and inclusive business 
wherever we operate. In 2020, our progress has received 
several accolades. For the second year running, Everest Peak 
Matrix recognised Guidant Global and Lorien for Diversity 
and Inclusion in the 2020 TALiNT International Awards. ED&I 
is firmly on our agenda; Guidant’s award-winning INfluence 
programme is helping clients with their ED&I strategies and 
to drive positive change. 

Training
We provide our people with a multi-faceted and agile 
development pathway to enable high performance and 
increase retention of our people and customers alike.  
We focus on freeing our people from old habits, unlocking 
their potential and enabling them to thrive through change.  
In response to Covid-19 and fast-changing ways of working,  
we launched our ‘Leadership through Change’ live training 
programme with over 400 managers logging on across the 
world. We reinvigorated our Mental Health and Wellbeing 
network with mental health first aiders supporting our people 
globally, along with campaigns running through Workplace 
every week to signpost advice, helplines and the contact 
details of trained colleagues who are well placed to help and 
listen. our people also had access to Gladis, our online training 
platform, where the most accessed courses were digital and  
IT, wellbeing and managing change. 

Page_37

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Responsible business continued

Our culture of Virtuosity
At the heart of our integrated, collaborative business  
model is a virtuous circle of making and keeping promises, 
engendering trust and loyalty. By keeping our promises, we 
retain clients, candidates, colleagues and investors for longer, 
and reap the benefits of that longevity. our culture of 
Virtuosity is created by passionate people who are committed 
and driven to find better ways to deliver the right solutions. 
We make sure that ‘the beautiful basics’ are in place and 
deeply embedded in all of our businesses, all of the time, 
and we make investment promises to sustain, enhance and 
innovate our combined portfolio.

Modern slavery
As part of the Group’s mission to find people fulfilling work, 
we strongly oppose modern slavery in all its forms and will try 
to prevent it by any means that we can. We expect anyone 
who has any suspicions of modern slavery in our business or 
our supply chain to raise their concerns without delay. In line 
with the Modern Slavery Act 2015 we annually review internal 
and external measures to ensure we are doing what we can to 
prevent slavery and human trafficking in our businesses and in 
our supply chains. our policy is available on our website at 
www.impellam.com.

HEALTH AND SAFETY
We are committed to meeting all the requirements of relevant 
health and safety legislation. Formal policies are in place 
throughout the Group and they are regularly reviewed and 
updated to reflect changes in legislation and best practice.  
The Group requires all colleagues to comply with these.

Anti-bribery
We have a commitment to carrying out business fairly, 
honestly and openly. We also have zero tolerance towards 
bribery. our Bribery Policy is in place to provide relevant 
guidance and information to all our people in compliance with 
the law relating to bribery and corruption, in particular the 
Bribery Act 2010 (‘the Act’). We are determined to maintain 
our reputation as a business that will not tolerate fraudulent 
or corrupt dealings – whether they are attempted against us 
from outside, from within our own workforce, or towards our 
clients or suppliers.

COMMUNITY
Impellam people work extensively with their local 
communities. This includes supporting national and local 
charities through volunteer work and raising funds. During the 
pandemic, Impellam people across the world undertook a wide 
range of initiatives including doorstep pick-ups and drop-offs 
of food, the crafting of masks and visors, reading to children 
and the elderly online and delivering medication to those in 
need as well as collecting and distributing food to schools 
and the vulnerable. In the UK, NHS frontline workers received 
donations of hand creams and balms as skin was badly 
affected by wearing PPE. our consultants provided support to 
those who had lost their jobs due to Covid-19 via webinars and 
virtual briefings, helping them identify their transferable skills 
and move into roles in active industry sectors. Guidant Global 
also launched the Superstar Home-schooling Programme 
with colleagues volunteering to teach science, maths, PE and 
language lessons to support working parents when schools 
were closed. 

ENVIRONMENT
Although we are a service-based organisation with no 
manufacturing facilities and limited transportation 
requirements, we are still committed to following 
environmental best practices in the day-to-day conduct of 
our business. This includes the use of sustainable and/or 
recyclable materials when available. A regular review of 
the potential impacts on the various businesses is undertaken 
and parts of the Group have achieved accreditation to ISo 
14001 in relation to their environment management systems.

2020 energy and carbon reporting
This year we have calculated our environmental impact across 
scope 1, 2 and 3 (selected categories) emission sources for 
the UK only. our emissions are presented on a location basis 
(using the UK grid emissions intensity) and our emissions are 
1,082,778 kgCo2e, which is an average impact of 715 kgCo2e 
per £m revenue. We have calculated the emission intensity 
metrics on both a revenue and colleague basis, which we 
will monitor to track performance in our subsequent 
environmental disclosures.

The methodology used to calculate the Greenhouse Gas 
(‘GHG’) emissions is in accordance with the UK Government 
GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting (2020).

Page_38

STRATEGIC REPORTEnergy and carbon action
Whilst the Covid-19 pandemic has artificially deflated our 
emissions during 2020, it has also helped us accelerate our 
transformation strategy, which in turn aids meeting our 
environmental objectives. This includes the rationalisation 
of our property portfolio, reducing our physical footprint.  
We had already moved to predominantly online communications 
throughout the business pre-pandemic but continued to 
centralise our operational teams.

We continued planned capital investment, for example 
replacing all lighting at our Head office with efficient LEDs. 
This will save 159,500KwH and approximately 21 tCo2e 
annually as identified in ESoS Stage 2 reporting. We have also 
completed the roll-out of smart printers across the estate.

All new and existing colleagues are required to undertake 
mandatory environmental awareness training in Q1 of 2021 

and new communication channels are in place to provide 
regular information and feedback on the Group’s 
environmental objectives.

Whilst the Group’s objective is to reduce UK carbon emissions 
from 2019 levels by 10% by the end of the 2022 financial year, 
this is kept under regular review and we intend to increase 
that reduction target during 2021 as work location and travel 
protocols are reviewed and refined post pandemic restrictions. 
The Group will also begin environmental audits of key 
suppliers throughout 2021 and seek to positively engage and 
influence environmental behaviours.

We recognise that reliance on estimated readings provided 
by the energy brokerage or suppliers is not sufficient and have 
taken measures to roll out automated meters across the 
estate to provide accurate, easy-to-monitor data. 

Emissions and energy usage

Scope 1 (kgCo2e)

Total Scope 1 (kgCO2e)

Scope 2 (kgCo2e)

Scope 3 (kgCo2e)

Total kgCO2e

Total energy usage (kWh) 

Normaliser

Normaliser

Emissions source

Natural gas
Company and leased vehicles
Heating oil

Electricity

Colleague cars

kgCo2e per £m revenue

kgCo2e per FTE

2020

154,496
306,146
5,516

466,158

557,263

59,357

1,082,778

4,904,605

715

436

This Strategic Report from pages 1 to 39 was approved by the Board on 7 April 2021 and signed on its behalf by:
Rebecca Watson
Company Secretary

800 The Boulevard, Capability Green, Luton, Bedfordshire LU1 3BA

Page_39

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

The Impellam  
Board is committed  
to a high standard  
of corporate  
governance

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

41_  Governance report 
42_  Board of Directors
44_  QCA Code compliance
46_  Corporate governance statement
52_  Directors’ report
55_  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

For more information visit
www.impellam.com

Page_40

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEGovernance report

Corporate governance

The primary responsibility of the Chair is to lead the Board 
effectively and this includes overseeing the adoption, delivery 
and communication of the Company’s corporate governance 
model. The Chair ensures that the Board as a whole plays a full 
and constructive part in the development and determination of 
the Company’s strategy and overall commercial objectives. The 
Board has overall responsibility for corporate governance 
within the Group and this is underpinned by a framework 
aligned to the requirements of the business. The full Board 

retains certain matters for its own review and decision-making 
while other responsibilities are delegated to sub-committees of 
the Board, namely the Audit Committee and the Remuneration 
Committee. As a company whose shares are traded on the AIM 
of the London Stock Exchange, the Company complies with the 
Quoted Companies Alliance (‘QCA’) Corporate Governance 
Code (‘the Code’) and its Statement of Compliance with the 
same can be found on the Company website www.investors.
impellam.com/corporate-governance/.

AUDIT COMMITTEE
•  oversees the Group’s internal risk 
and controls strategy, including 
whistleblowing arrangements.
•  Reviews the Annual Report and 

interim financial statements prior  
to submission to the full Board.

•  Reviews reports from the 

external auditor.

•  Reviews the Group’s risk register.
•  Approves financial policies.
•  Sets and reviews the activities 

of internal audit.

Audit Committee
page_48

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
•  Monitors and reviews the strategy 
and its development, the financial 
and operational performance of the 
Company and risk management.
•  Monitors and reviews internal and 
external factors that affect the 
Company.

•  Sets standards, values and policies.
•  Ensures the Company is meeting 
its objectives and has the correct 
resources in place.

•  Approves financial policies.
•  Reports to shareholders.
•  oversees internal controls.
•  Responsible for corporate governance.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Sets, reviews and recommends to the 
Board remuneration for Directors and 
other senior executives, and sets overall 
remuneration strategy and policy for 
the Group.

Remuneration Committee
page_50

STRATEGY AND DEVELOPMENT TEAM (VUCA)

•  Devises the Group strategy and financial plan for approval by the Board.
•  Approves the strategic and financial plans of the sub-brands and divisions and monitors the implementation and delivery of those plans.
•  VUCA (Volatile, Uncertain, Complexity, Ambiguity) focuses on Impellam’s overriding strategic and financial promises for the mid-long 

term and the challenges and opportunities the team sees to achieve the promises.

SENIOR LEADERSHIP TEAM  
(WAR ROOM)
•  Responsible for the day-to-day 
management of the Group and 
its operations.

•  Implementation of the strategy 

and financial plan.

VIRTUOSO TEAM 
(THE VIRTUOSO ALLIANCE)
•  Provides advice, guidance and a fresh 
perspective to the Group CEo, our 
Executive Team and Board on our 
strategic priorities and their impact 
on the business, our customers, the 
industry and the wider world of work.

INVESTMENT COMMITTEE
•  Reviews and monitors strategic 

investments and makes investment 
decisions.

Page_41

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Board of Directors

LORD ASHCROFT KCMG PC
Non-Executive Chairman
Appointed: December 2014

JULIA ROBERTSON
Group Chief Executive Officer
Appointed: April 2013

Lord Ashcroft is an international businessman, 
philanthropist, author and pollster. His many, varied business 
interests include significant investments and participation in 
both public and private companies in the UK, US and the 
Caribbean. He was appointed Non-Executive Chairman of 
the Company in December 2014. In 2012, he was appointed 
a member of the Privy Council and was made the Prime 
Minister’s Special Representative for Veterans’ Transition, 
working with all departments to ensure military personnel 
receive the support they need when making the transition 
to civilian life. He stepped down from this role in 2018. Lord 
Ashcroft supports a wide range of charities, including those 
dealing with crime prevention and education. He is the 
founder and Chairman of Trustees of both Crimestoppers 
and the Ashcroft Technology Academy, Patron of the Forces 
in Mind Trust Research Centre, Vice Patron of the 
Intelligence Corps Museum and a Trustee of the Cleveland 
Clinic in the US. He resigned from the House of Lords in 
2015 to concentrate on other areas of his work. He is a 
former Trustee and President of the West India Committee, 
a former Trustee of the Imperial War Museum and former 
Chancellor of Anglia Ruskin University (which awarded him 
an Honorary Doctorate in 1999). In 2016, Lord Ashcroft was 
made Knight Grand Cross of The Imperial order of The Holy 
Trinity (Ethiopia) and a Fellow of the Royal Canadian 
Geographical Society. In 2017, he was made a Senior Fellow 
of the International Strategic Studies Association and in the 
same year he became an Honorary Belize Rotarian. He has 
written 21 books, mainly on politics and bravery, and is 
widely respected for his political polling.

TIM BRIANT
Chief Financial Officer
Appointed: February 2020

Tim Briant joined the Group on 1 october 2019 and was 
appointed to the Board on 3 February 2020 as the Group 
Chief Financial officer. Tim is a Chartered Accountant and 
has over ten years’ experience working within the 
recruitment sector within listed and private equity backed 
global recruitment companies. Tim spent over ten years at 
Adecco in a number of finance roles, with his last there 
being the CFo of Adecco UK and Ireland. Prior to this  
Tim worked for Spring Group plc, a listed recruitment 
company, where he was Group Financial Controller and 
Company Secretary and played a key role in its acquisition 
by Adecco. Prior to this Tim worked at KPMG in audit and 
transaction services. Tim has a strong background in 
mergers and acquisitions and business integrations having 
been involved in the disposal and subsequent integration  
of Spring Group plc to Adecco and the acquisition and 
integration of Penna plc by Adecco.

Page_42

Julia was appointed as Group Chief Executive officer  
in April 2013 having previously been responsible for the 
Group’s UK operations between 2008 and 2013.

Julia’s career in recruitment spans some four decades, 
always driven by the burning belief that there has to  
be a ‘better way’. This belief has guided her through her 
entire career which has included founding her own 
recruitment business in 1986 which was sold to the  
Group alongside Tate in 2000, and also serving as Chief 
Executive of the Institute of Employment Consultants (now 
known as the REC), the professional body for the UK 
recruitment industry.

MIKE ETTLING
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed: September 2013

Mike Ettling was appointed a Non-Executive Director of  
the Company in September 2013. With strong sector  
and non-executive experience, Mike was President of 
SAP-Successfactors globally. He has had an extensive 
executive career in global technology businesses including 
at NGA HR, Unisys, Synstar and EDS and was formerly a 
Non-Executive Director of Backoffice Associates LLC,  
a US PE-backed data business, and also formerly a  
Non-Executive Director of Telkom BCX Ltd, a South African 
IT and telecommunications business. Mike is currently  
CEo of Unit4, a world leader in enterprise applications  
for services and people organisations. He is also a  
Non-Executive Director of NCC Group PLC, a London  
listed cyber security business.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEKey to Committee membership

Audit Committee 

Chair of Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Chair of Remuneration Committee

ANGELA ENTWISTLE
Non-Executive Director
Appointed: September 2012

Angela Entwistle was appointed a Non-Executive Director 
of the Company in September 2012. Angela is a Corporate 
Communications Specialist working with companies in the 
private sector including Deacon Street Partners Limited and 
Conservative Home Limited. She is a Non-Executive 
Director of Biteback Publishing, a leading publisher of 
political and current affairs titles, and Dods Group, a leading 
technology company specialising in business intelligence, 
media and technology resourcing.

Angela was Corporate Communications Director of  
ADT Limited, an international business services company 
and the world’s leader in electronic security solutions, from 
1986 to 1997. She is significantly involved in a number of 
charities including acting as Trustee of Crimestoppers, the 
only UK charity dedicated to solving crimes, and Trustee 
and Vice-Chairman of Prospect Education (Technology) 
Trust Limited, the umbrella trust responsible for the 
operation of Ashcroft Technology Academy. Angela is not 
considered to be independent due to her links with the 
major shareholder.

MICHAEL LAURIE
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed: July 2014

Michael Laurie was appointed a Non-Executive Director 
of the Company in July 2014. He is also Non-Executive 
Chairman of SUSD Limited, a property development 
company that promotes sustainable architecture. Michael 
was an army officer for 34 years. He held the role of  
Major General at the Ministry of Defence until 2003,  
when he became the CEo of the Crimestoppers Trust, 
retiring from that position in 2013.

BARONESS TINA STOWELL OF BEESTON MBE PC
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed: october 2017

Tina Stowell has held a number of senior positions in  
media and government throughout her career. Since 2011, 
she has been a member of the House of Lords and was 
Leader of the House from 2014 to 2016. Before entering 
the House of Lords, she worked at the BBC between 2001 
and 2010 and was Head of Corporate Affairs. She is a 
Non-Executive Director of ABTA and was Chairman of  
the Charity Commission for England and Wales until 
February 2021.

REBECCA WATSON
Group Company Secretary and  
General Counsel and Portfolio CEO
Appointed: May 2008

Rebecca Watson was appointed as Group Company 
Secretary and General Counsel of the Company in  
May 2008. She spent the previous five years as Company 
Secretary and General Counsel for The Corporate Services 
Group Plc, having joined the Group in 1998 as Company 
Solicitor. In addition, in July 2018 she was appointed 
Portfolio CEo responsible for the Regional Specialist 
Staffing brands within the Group. Prior to this, she was  
in a private practice, acting for a range of corporate clients. 
She has been a qualified solicitor since 1993.

Page_43

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Corporate governance statement

QCA Code compliance

QCA PRINCIPLE

Deliver growth

EXPLANATION

FURTHER READING

1  

Establish a strategy and  
business model which promote 
long-term value for  
shareholders.

By providing staffing solutions and support
to both clients and candidates across a 
wide spectrum of markets, we provide 
good work for our candidates and good 
people for our clients. 

For more information
page_14

2  

Seek to understand and meet 
shareholder needs and 
expectations.

The CEo and CFo communicate regularly
with shareholders, investors and analysts.
The full Board is available at the Annual
General Meeting (‘AGM’) to communicate
with shareholders. 

For more information
https://investors.
impellam.com/ 
corporate-governance/

3  

Take into account wider
stakeholder and social
responsibilities and their
implications for long-term
success.

In addition to our shareholders, our
clients, candidates, contractors, suppliers
and colleagues are our most important
stakeholders. We engage with these
communities via regular communications
in our day-to-day activities, and via formal
feedback requests.

For more information
page_15

4  

Embed effective risk
management, considering both
opportunities and threats,
throughout the organisation.

Ultimate responsibility for risk 
management rests with the Board,  
but day-to-day management of risk is 
delivered through the way we do  
business and our culture. 

For more information
pages_30 to 33

Maintain a dynamic management framework

5  

Maintain the Board as a
well-functioning, balanced
team led by the chair.

The Board has two established 
Committees for Audit and Remuneration.
The composition and experience of the
Board is reviewed regularly.

For more information
pages_48 to 51 

Page_44

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
QCA PRINCIPLE

EXPLANATION

FURTHER READING

6  

7  

Ensure that between them the
directors have the necessary
up-to-date experience, skills
and capabilities. 

The Board is satisfied that its current
composition includes an appropriate 
balance of skills, experience and 
capabilities.

For more information
pages_42 and 43

Evaluate board performance
based on clear and relevant
objectives, seeking continuous
improvement.

The Board regularly considers the 
effectiveness and relevance of its 
contributions, any learning and 
development needs and the level of 
scrutiny of the Senior Management Team.  

For more information
page_47

8  

Promote a corporate culture
that is based on ethical values
and behaviours.

our internal social network (Workplace) 
sets out our corporate values and 
behaviours, which are reinforced via 
training and performance management. 

For more information
page_37

9  

Maintain governance structures
and processes that are fit
for purpose and support good
decision-making by the board.

The Board is responsible for the 
Group’s overall strategic direction and 
management, and for the establishment 
and maintenance of a framework of 
delegated authorities and controls 
to ensure the efficient and effective 
management of the Group’s operations. 

For more information
page_41

Build trust

10  

Communicate how the company
is governed and is performing
by maintaining a dialogue with
shareholders and other relevant
stakeholders.

The Investors section of our website 
includes our results, presentations and 
communications to shareholders. We 
release the results of general meetings 
through a regulatory news service and  
also on the Regulatory News section of  
our website.

For more information
https://investors.
impellam.com/

Page_45

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Corporate governance statement continued

The Board of Directors currently comprises the Non-Executive 
Chairman, two Executive Directors and four other Non-
Executive Directors. The Board is responsible for overseeing 
the management of the Group’s strategy and its businesses, 
reviewing trading performance, ensuring adequate funding, 
maintaining a system of internal controls and risk assessment, 
ensuring good corporate governance and reporting to 
shareholders. The Board meets when required and at least 
eight times per annum, either in person or virtually.

The annual minimum time commitment is nine days for the 
Non-Executive Directors based on eight Board meetings per 
annum and the AGM. They are also required to spend 
appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting. The 
Executive Directors are full-time colleagues. 

During the period ended 1 January 2021, the Board met on 
nine occasions. Relevant high-quality information, consisting 
of detailed reports and presentations, is circulated to the 
Directors in advance of meetings by the Company Secretary. 
The number of scheduled Board meetings and Committee 
meetings attended as a member by each Director during the 
period are set out below:

Lord Ashcroft

Julia Robertson

Tim Briant

Angela Entwistle

Mike Ettling

Michael Laurie

Baroness Stowell

Board

9 (9)

9 (9)

9 (9)

9 (9)

9 (9)

9 (9)

9 (9)

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

n/a

n/a

3 (3)

n/a

3 (3)

3 (3)

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1 (1)

n/a

1 (1)

n/a

Figures in brackets indicate the maximum number of meetings the individual could attend in 
the period.

The Non-Executive Chairman and Angela Entwistle are not 
considered to be independent due to their links with the 
Company’s major shareholder. All the other Non-Executive 
Directors are considered to be independent.

The role of the Chairman is to lead the Board and ensure its 
effective operation. In chairing the Board the Chairman is 
responsible for setting the agenda, style and tone of the Board 
discussions and ensuring that all Directors receive clear, 
accurate and timely information. The Chairman is responsible 
for ensuring effective communications with shareholders.

on appointment, the Directors receive relevant information 
about the Group: the role of the Board and the matters 
reserved for its decision-making; membership of the principal 
Board Committees and the powers delegated to those 
Committees; the Group’s corporate governance policies and 
procedures and the latest financial information. Throughout 
their period in office, the Directors are regularly updated on 
the Group’s business and the environment in which it operates. 

Page_46

All Directors receive regular and timely information on the 
Group’s operational and financial performance and any legal or 
governance requirements of the Group and those which affect 
them as Directors.

The Directors have direct access to the advice and services of 
the Company Secretary and Chief Financial officer and are 
able to take professional advice in the furtherance of their 
duties at the Company’s expense, where required. The Board 
is satisfied that, between the Directors, it has an executive and 
appropriate balance of skills and experience, including in the 
areas of HR, technology, finance, communications, media 
and government.

The Board seeks advice from external sources on matters as 
they arise in the business, including legal and accounting 
advice. There is an appropriate gender balance with the Board 
consisting of four male and three female members. The 
biographies of all Directors appear on the Company investor 
website: www.investors.impellam.com

The Company Secretary acts as the secretary to the Board and 
its Committees, provides legal and governance support to the 
Board as a whole and Directors individually, and ensures the 
Group complies with all relevant legal, regulatory and 
governance requirements.

The Chairman assesses the individual contribution of each of 
the members of the Board to ensure a well-balanced and 
committed team. The Board has carried out an annual 
assessment of its performance to ensure its members 
collectively function in an efficient and productive manner.

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires Directors to 
take into consideration the interests of stakeholders and other 
matters in their decision-making. Within our Section 172 
report we set out how the Directors have addressed key 
decisions that are consistent with the Company’s objectives, 
strategy and the overall culture. We believe we have a history 
of collaborative, informative stakeholder engagement and 
decision-making based on long-term success, and we maintain 
governance structures and processes that support good 
decision-making.

This Section 172 report articulates how the Directors have 
acted to promote the success of the Group for the benefit of 
its stakeholders. In meeting this responsibility, the Directors 
have had regard, amongst other matters, to:
•  the likely consequences of any decisions in the long term;
•  the interests of the Group’s colleagues;
•  the need to foster the Group’s business relationships with 

suppliers, customers and others;

•  the impact of the Group’s operations on the community and 

environment;

•  the Group’s reputation for high standards of business 

conduct; and

•  the need to act fairly as between members of the Group.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Results of the AGM appear on the Company investor website: 
www.investors.impellam.com with between 99.67% and 100% 
of votes cast being for the resolutions.

BOARD TENURE AS AT MARCH 2021

Lord Ashcroft KCMG PC

Julia Robertson

Tim Briant

Angela Entwistle

Mike Ettling

Michael Laurie

Baroness Tina Stowell

Rebecca Watson

6 years, 3 months

7 years, 11 months

1 year, 1 month

8 years, 6 months

7 years, 6 months

6 years, 8 months

3 years, 5 months

12 years, 10 months

RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS AT THE 2021 AGM
In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and 
the principles of the Code, all Directors of the Company will 
offer themselves for re-election by shareholders at the 2021 
AGM. The Board is satisfied that each Director is qualified for 
re-election by the quality of their skills, experience and 
commitment to the Board.

THE BOARD AND ITS COMMITTEES
Board evaluation 
The performance of the Board, its Committees and individual 
Directors will be reviewed at the Board meeting in April 2021. 
The Board recognises the importance of the evaluation to help 
the Board continuously improve its and the Company’s 
performance and to address any areas where necessary. In its 
evaluation the Board considers a number of areas including 
the balance of the membership, its effectiveness as a team, 
strategy and purpose and stakeholder engagement. 
objectives going forward are agreed and a review of 
succession planning undertaken. 

The roles of the Chairman and Chief Executive are separate, 
with a clear division of responsibilities between them. This 
separation of roles enhances the independent oversight of 
executive management by the Board and more closely aligns 
the Board with shareholders. It also means that no one 
individual within the Company has unfettered powers of 
decision-making. 

Page_47

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Corporate governance statement continued

Audit Committee

The Board has an Audit Committee whose 
responsibilities include oversight of the Group’s internal 
risk and controls strategy, including establishing 
whistleblowing arrangements, reviewing interim and 
Annual Reports and financial statements prior to their 
submission to the full Board and reviewing reports from 
the external auditor and internal audit. The Audit 
Committee makes whatever recommendations to the 
Board it deems appropriate, on any area within its remit, 
including where action or improvement is needed.

COMMITTEE MEMBERS
Mike Ettling (Chair)
Michael Laurie

MEETINGS ATTENDED

Mike Ettling

Michael Laurie

3/3

3/3

MEETINGS
The Committee operates under written Terms of Reference, 
and during the period ended 1 January 2021 it met on three 
occasions. The Audit Committee invites the Chief Financial 
officer to all of its meetings and senior representatives of the 
external auditor are routinely invited to Committee meetings, 
although it reserves the right to request any of these 
individuals to withdraw from the meeting. The Audit 
Committee comprises two Non-Executive Directors: Mike 
Ettling (Chair) and Michael Laurie.

FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS REPORTING
During the year, the Audit Committee has reviewed the 2019 
and 2020 financial statements, the 2020 interim statement 
(unaudited) and carried out a going concern review. Reviews 
of the financial statements included the accounting policies, 
significant financial reporting issues and key judgements and 
estimates underpinning the financial statements. For the areas 
discussed, the Committee was satisfied with the assumptions 
made and the accounting treatments adopted.

Risk management and internal control
Risk management is the responsibility of the Board. Further 
details about the process followed and principal risks and 
uncertainties that could affect business operations can be 
found in the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 39. The Audit 
Committee keeps under review the adequacy and 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls and risk 
management systems.

A summary of the internal controls for Group companies is 
presented to the Audit Committee, including updates on the 
resolution of any control weaknesses identified. 

The internal controls are reviewed by the Group 
Finance function. 

Every year the Audit Committee reviews the Group’s risk 
framework reports, to be presented to and discussed by 
the Board. 

The Group’s whistleblowing policy contains arrangements for 
the Company Secretary to receive, in confidence, complaints 
on accounting, risk issues, internal controls, auditing issues 
and related matters. 

The Group has a mandatory Code of Conduct, which sets out 
the minimum expected behaviours for all colleagues.

Page_48

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEExternal audit
The Audit Committee is responsible for the development, 
implementation and monitoring of the Group’s policy on 
external audit. The Terms of Reference assign responsibility to 
the Audit Committee for overseeing the relationship with the 
external auditor. During 2020, the Audit Committee managed 
the relationship with the external auditor, reviewed and 
monitored their independence and objectivity and the 
effectiveness of the audit process.

The Group’s policy on non-audit related services prescribes the 
types of engagements for which the external auditor can be 
used and those engagements which are prohibited. For 
engagement for services which are non-recurring in nature, 
prior approval must be sought from the Audit Committee. 
Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements includes 
disclosure of the auditor’s remuneration for the year.

Assessment of the Audit Committee
The Board will conduct an assessment of the Audit 
Committee’s performance at the April 2021 meeting. The 
Chair of the Audit Committee will be available at the 2021 
Annual General Meeting to answer any questions about the 
work of the Audit Committee. 

Page_49

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Corporate governance statement continued

Remuneration 
Committee

The Board has a Remuneration Committee that is 
responsible for making recommendations to the Board 
on Directors’ remuneration. It also reviews 
recommendations from the Group Chief Executive 
officer on other senior executives’ remuneration, 
including performance-related remuneration. The 
Committee operates under written Terms of Reference, 
and during the period ended 1 January 2021 it met on 
one occasion. The Remuneration Committee comprises 
two Non-Executive Directors: Angela Entwistle (Chair) 
and Michael Laurie.

COMMITTEE MEMBERS
Angela Entwistle (Chair) 
Michael Laurie

MEETINGS ATTENDED

Angela Entwistle

Michael Laurie

1/1

1/1

REMUNERATION PRACTICES
The Remuneration Committee recommends and monitors the 
level and structure of remuneration for senior management as 
well as monitoring remuneration trends across the Group and 
periodically reviews the ongoing appropriateness and 
relevance of the remuneration policy; no review was 
conducted during the year. 

Assessment of the Remuneration Committee
The Board will conduct an assessment of the performance of 
the Remuneration Committee at the April 2021 meeting. The 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee will be available at the 
2021 Annual General Meeting to answer any questions about 
the work of the Remuneration Committee. 

Remuneration policy for the Executive Directors
Remuneration packages are designed to attract, retain, 
motivate and reward Executive Directors, whilst aligning 
rewards with the business objectives and performance of the 
Group and the interests of shareholders. 

Link between business objectives and remuneration policy 
It is the Group’s policy for performance-related pay of 
Executive Directors to be linked to key performance indicators 
of the Group. The Group’s key objectives include developing 
sustainable growth in earnings and profits, through a 
combination of organic growth and investments, and increase 
in share price. The key performance measures chosen in 
2020 to link executive remuneration to the achievement 
of these objectives were profits, organic growth and a 
cash-related target.

Directors’ contracts and letters of appointment
It is the Group’s policy that Executive Directors should have 
contracts with indefinite terms providing for a maximum of 
12 months’ notice by the employing Group company or the 
individual. In the event of termination, the Executive Directors’ 
contracts provide for compensation up to a maximum of the 
basic remuneration package for the notice period.

Page_50

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe details of the Executive Directors’ contracts are 
summarised as follows: 

The Effective date of contract and Notice period for Julia 
Robertson were 5 April 2013 with 12 months’ notice from 
either party. The Effective date of contract and Notice period 
for Tim Briant were 1 october 2019 with six months’ notice 
from either party. Non-Executive Directors serve under  
letters of appointment, which either party can terminate on 
three months’ written notice. The Non-Executive Directors 
have no right to compensation on the termination of  
their appointments.

Annual fees of Directors 
The basic annual salary of each Executive Director and senior 
management is reviewed annually by the Remuneration 
Committee. The remuneration for the Non-Executive Directors 
is determined by the Board within the limits set by the Articles 
and is based on information on fees paid in similar companies 
and the skills and expected time commitment of the individual 
concerned. The fees are reviewed each year as part of the 
annual budgeting process. The Non-Executive Directors 
receive additional remuneration for chairing Committees. 
Aggregate Directors’ remuneration is set out in note 5.

Annual bonus 
The Remuneration Committee establishes the objectives that 
must be met for each financial year if a cash bonus is to be 
paid to the Executive Directors. Based on the Remuneration 
Committee’s assessment of the performance against those 
targets, it was determined that there was £0.2m bonus 
payment for delivery of key performance indicators (‘KPIs’).

Shareholding guidelines
There are no requirements for Executive Directors or senior 
executives to hold shares in the Company. Details of the 
shareholdings of Directors who served during the year are set 
out on page 53.

INTERNAL CONTROL
The Board has responsibility for the Group’s overall system of 
internal controls and for reviewing their effectiveness. They 
recognise that the system is designed to manage and mitigate, 
rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives. It can provide only reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material financial misstatement or loss. The 
Board has established an organisational structure with clear 
Terms of Reference that must be adhered to by all subsidiaries.

There is a programme of regular review by the Board and 
executive management, which provides assurance that the 
control environment is operating as intended. A key element 
of this review is strategic business planning and subsequent 
performance monitoring. Each business has defined financial 
performance plans that are agreed by the Board at the beginning 
of each financial period to meet Company objectives. 

These plans contain measurable performance targets, which 
are continuously monitored to identify shortfalls, so that 
corrective actions can be taken. In addition, the Company and 
its subsidiaries maintain risk registers that are updated regularly. 
The Group risk register is reviewed by the Audit Committee 
whilst reviewing generally the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal control system. The Group Financial Controller is also 
responsible for reporting to the Audit Committee on internal 
audit, utilising internal and external expertise. 

The Group operates in ‘The Virtuoso Way’, which embeds a 
consistent Company-wide culture, based on trusted behaviours, 
delivered by entrepreneurial Virtuoso leaders, who can drive 
competitive advantage and deliver on the Group’s commitments. 
The Board is committed to maintaining appropriate standards 
for all the Company’s business activities and ensuring that these 
standards are set out in written policies. Key examples of such 
standards and policies include the ‘Code of Business Conduct’. 

The Company ‘Code of Business Conduct’ demonstrates 
its commitment to maintaining the high levels of ethical 
standards and behaviours, wherever it operates in the world.

DIALOGUE WITH SHAREHOLDERS
The Company remains committed to listening to and 
communicating openly with its shareholders to ensure that 
its vision, mission, strategy, business model and performance 
are clearly understood.

The Company communicates with shareholders through 
the Annual Report and Accounts, full-year and half-year 
announcements, the Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) and 
one-to-one meetings with large existing or potential new 
shareholders. The Non-Executive Directors will attend the 
AGM and are available to answer any questions relevant to the 
Committees they chair. The Board receives regular updates on 
the views of shareholders through briefings and reports from 
the Group Chief Executive officer, Chief Financial officer and 
Company Secretary. Corporate information, including all 
Company announcements, is available to shareholders, 
investors and the public on the Company’s website  
(www.investors.impellam.com).

Page_51

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Directors’ report

The Directors present their Annual Report on the affairs of the Group and the Company, together with the audited consolidated 
financial statements and auditor’s reports, for the period ended 1 January 2021.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
The principal activities of the Group comprise the provision of staffing solutions, human capital management and outsourced 
people-related services in the UK, Ireland, North America, mainland Europe, Australasia and New Zealand. The principal activity  
of the Company is that of a holding company that provides strategic planning and management services to its portfolio  
of subsidiaries.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
The audited consolidated financial statements for the period ended 1 January 2021 are set out on pages 66 to 119. The Group 
loss for the period was £21.4m (year ended 3 January 2020: £5.5m profit). on 31 July 2020 the Company suspended the Share 
Purchase Plan due to the Covid-19 pandemic. on 25 January 2021 the Group announced a new Share Purchase Plan to buy back 
shares, whereby it will purchase ordinary shares in the Company up to an aggregate market value of £0.5m per calendar month 
until the next AGM to be held in June 2021. 

FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
The Group’s future developments are outlined within the Strategic Report. Key areas are covered within the Strategic review, 
Strategic priorities and outlook sections of the Chief Executive officer’s review and within the outlook section of the Chief 
Financial officer’s review.

CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The Company ‘Impellam Group plc’ has no limit to its authorised share capital. At 1 January 2021, there were 45,919,871  
(2019: 47,333,660) allotted, fully paid shares of 1p in issue.

POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
Between the end of the year and 30 March 2021, a further 78,916 ordinary shares of 1p each have been repurchased in the 
market for total consideration of £0.2m and have been cancelled. 

POLITICAL DONATIONS
The Group has made no political donations during the current or prior years.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDINGS
As at 23 March 2021, the Company had been notified of the following disclosable interests representing 3% or more of the 
issued ordinary share capital of the Company:

Lombard Trust

Hof Hoorneman Bankiers

Hendrik M. Van Heijst

Lord Ashcroft

Schroder Investment Management Limited

InsingerGilissen Bankiers

56.15%

10.37%

7.17%

4.96%

4.04%

 3.62%

DIRECTORS
The Directors who held office during the period and up to the date of signing these financial statements were:

Executive Directors
Julia Robertson
Tim Briant

Non-Executive Directors
Lord Ashcroft KCMG PC
Angela Entwistle
Mike Ettling
Michael Laurie
Baroness Tina Stowell

Page_52

Group Chief Executive officer
Chief Financial officer 

Appointed April 2013
Appointed February 2020

Non-Executive Chairman
Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed December 2014
Appointed September 2012
Appointed September 2013
Appointed July 2014
Appointed october 2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
To read all of our Directors’ biographies, see pages 42 and 43.

DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS
As at 23 December 2020, the following Directors held shares in the Company:

Lord Ashcroft (Non-Executive Chairman)
Julia Robertson (Group Chief Executive officer)
Mike Ettling (Non-Executive Director)
Angela Entwistle (Non-Executive Director)

Number of shares held

2,273,755
153,910
10,860
13,800

CONTROL
The Group has identified Lord Ashcroft as the ultimate controlling party as he has influence over more than 50%, but less than 
75%, of both the shares and voting rights of Impellam Group plc and together with being Chairman of Impellam Group plc has 
significant influence over the Group.

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group’s objectives and policies relating to financial risk management are fully explained in note 29 on pages 108 to 110.

PRINCIPAL RISKS
The Board’s assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties, the Group’s policy and its mitigations are detailed on pages 
30 to 33.

ENGAGEMENT WITH COLLEAGUES AND OTHER STAKEHOLDERS
The Directors have given much focus as to how they engage and build relationships with colleagues, suppliers, customers 
and other stakeholders; and how these stakeholders’ interests are considered when making significant decisions. The Group’s 
engagement with colleagues and other stakeholders is explained in the Stakeholder Engagement and Responsible business 
sections of the Strategic Report, on pages 34 to 39.

We actively encourage diversity in the workplace and have a wide and varied colleague base with a variety of social and ethnic 
groups represented at all levels of the business. We believe that breaking down the barriers that have traditionally restricted 
access to the labour market will encourage job opportunities for all. We see it as our responsibility both to understand and to 
address the root causes of gender pay gaps. We are pleased that Impellam is leading by example by appointing and promoting 
women into senior roles. We are one of only a small number of AIM listed companies to be led by a woman, and in addition, 43% 
of our Board members and 50% of our Senior Leadership Team are women. With this in mind, we work hard to help our clients 
and suppliers achieve their diversity objectives. 

The Group is committed to providing all our colleagues with a work environment free of discrimination related to sex, race, 
colour, orientation, religion, age, ethnicity, national origin, disability or any other inappropriate basis. Applications for 
employment by people with disabilities are considered, like all others, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the candidate concerned. 
In the event of members of staff becoming disabled, every effort is made to ensure that their employment within the Group 
continues and that appropriate adjustments are made. It is our policy that the training, career development and promotion of 
people with disabilities should, as far as possible, be the same as for all other colleagues.

STRATEGIC REPORT
Information in respect of the Group’s approach to Colleague Engagement & Communications (including in respect of Modern 
Slavery), Health & Safety, Anti-Bribery, Community and Environment are not shown within the Directors’ Report because they 
are presented within the Responsible business section of the Strategic Report on pages 37 to 39. 

Page_53

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Directors’ report continued

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SUSTAINABLE OPERATIONS
Environmental
Although we are a service-based organisation with no manufacturing facilities and limited transportation requirements, 
we are still committed to following environmental best practices in the day-to-day conduct of our business. This includes 
the use of sustainable and/or recyclable materials when available. A regular review of the potential impacts on the various 
businesses is undertaken and parts of the Group have achieved accreditation to ISo 14001 in relation to their environment 
management systems.

Modern slavery
As part of the Group’s mission to find people fulfilling work, we strongly oppose modern slavery in all its forms and will try to 
prevent it by any means that we can. We expect anyone who has any suspicions of modern slavery in our business or our supply 
chain to raise their concerns without delay. In light of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 we annually review internal and external 
measures to ensure we are doing what we can to prevent slavery and human trafficking in our businesses and in our supply 
chains. our policy is available on our website at www.impellam.com.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The Notice of AGM, to be held at 3.00pm on Tuesday 29 June 2021 at the Impellam offices, 9 Devonshire Square, London  
EC2M 4HP, is contained in a separate circular to shareholders. It is being mailed or otherwise provided to shareholders, after the 
publication of the Annual Report. The Notice of Meeting sets out the resolutions to be proposed at the AGM and gives details of 
the voting record date and proxy appointment deadline for that meeting. The meeting may be held virtually if Covid-19 
restrictions are in place.

DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITY PROVISIONS
During the year and to the date of these accounts, the Company had in force an indemnity provision in favour of one or more 
Directors of the Company against liability in respect of proceedings brought by third parties, subject to the conditions set out in 
the Companies Act 2006.

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO AUDITOR
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved and in accordance with Section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006:

(a)  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and
(b)  he/she has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware  

of anyrelevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. 

REAPPOINTMENT OF AUDITOR
In accordance with Section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution for the reappointment of BDo LLP as auditor  
of the Company is expected to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting being held on 29 June 2021.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
This report was approved by the Board on 7 April 2021 and is signed on its behalf by:

RJ Watson
Company Secretary

800 The Boulevard
Capability Green
Luton
Bedfordshire
LU1 3BA

Page_54

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEStatement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law  
and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have 
elected to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as 
adopted by the European Union and the Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under company law the Directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group 
and Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. The Directors are also required to prepare financial 
statements in accordance with the rules of the London Stock Exchange for companies trading securities on AIM. 

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:
•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union (Group) or  

under UK GAAP (Parent), subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and
•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company  

will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

WEBSITE PUBLICATION
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report and the financial statements are made available on a website. 
Financial statements are published on the Company’s website in accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements, which may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The 
maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website is the responsibility of the Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also 
extends to the ongoing integrity of the financial statements contained therein.

Page_55

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Financial 
statements

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

57_  Independent auditor’s report
66_  Consolidated income statement
67_  Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
68_  Consolidated balance sheet
69_  Consolidated statement of changes in equity
70_  Consolidated cash flow statement
71_  Notes to the consolidated financial statements
113_ Company balance sheet
114_ Statement of changes in equity
115_ Notes to the Company balance sheet
120_ Alternative Performance Measures
122_ Glossary
124_ Company information

For more information visit
www.impellam.com

Page_56

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Impellam Group plc

OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In our opinion:
•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 

1 January 2021 and of the Group’s loss for the period then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in 

conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006;

•  the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 

Accepted Accounting Practice; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of Impellam Group plc (‘the Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (‘the Group’) 
for the 52-week period ended 1 January 2021 which comprise:

Composition 

Financial reporting framework

Group

Parent Company

•  Consolidated Income Statement
•  Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income
•  Consolidated Balance Sheet
•  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
•  Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
•  Notes to the financial statements, including 
a summary of significant accounting policies.

•  Company Balance Sheet
•  Company Statement of Changes in Equity
•  Notes to the financial statements, including 
a summary of significant accounting policies.

Applicable law and international 
accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Applicable law and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, including 
Financial Reporting Standard 101 
Reduced Disclosure Framework 
(United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice).

BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable law. our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion. 

Independence
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN

Conclusion

Approach

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to 
events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s or the 
Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 months from when 
the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern 
basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. our evaluation of the 
Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:

•  Review and challenge, through enquiry and consideration of historical performance, of key 

assumptions applied by the Directors in preparation of cash flow forecasts, including growth 
assumptions and movements in headcount and base costs, and the Group’s ability to meet working 
capital requirements over the going concern period.

•  Review of management’s stress tested forecasts, including the impact of the ‘downside’ scenarios 
on covenant and cash ’headroom’ and consideration of the likelihood of occurrence and feasible 
actions to increase headroom.

•  Consideration of the adequacy of the Group’s banking facilities and ability to meet key financial 

covenants.

our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are 
described in the relevant sections of this report.

Page_57

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Impellam Group plc 
continued

AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT
The Group has diverse international operations. our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and 
its environment, including the Group’s system of internal control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements. We also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including assessing whether 
there was evidence of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of material misstatement.

We designed an audit strategy to ensure we have obtained the required audit assurance for each component for the purposes 
of our Group audit opinion (ISA 600 (UK)). Components were scoped in to address aggregation risk and to ensure sufficient 
coverage was obtained of Group balances on which to base our audit opinion. The coverage of our audit procedures is 
summarised graphically below and then detailed in the following table. 

ABSOLUTE ADJUSTED
OPERATING PROFIT

ABSOLUTE LOSS
BEFORE TAXATION

REVENUE

GROSS ASSETS

Significant components 67%
18%
Specific scope 
15%
Analytical review 

Significant components 83%
8%
Specific scope 
9%
Analytical review 

Significant components 82%
13%
Specific scope 
5%
Analytical review 

Significant components 86%
11%
Specific scope 
3%
Analytical review 

Absolute calculations are the total sum of losses and profits together, but with negative amounts (losses) converted to 
positive amounts.

Significant components 

•  We focused our Group audit scope primarily on the audit work at nine significant components, 

which were subject to full scope audit procedures.

•  These significant components contribute 67% (2019: 84%) of the Group Absolute Adjusted 

operating ProfitΔ, 83% (2019: 82%) of the Group Absolute Profit/Loss before Tax, 82% (2019: 77%) 
of the Group revenue and 86% (2019: 82%) of Group Gross Assets.

•  The nine components considered significant were Impellam Group Plc, Impellam UK Limited, 

Impellam Holdings Limited, Carlisle Staffing Plc, Lorien Resourcing Limited, Blue Arrow Limited, 
Comensura Limited, Carbon60 Limited and the US division (incorporating all US entities).

•  BDo UK audited all significant components with the exception of the US division, which was audited 

by BDo US. Significant components are subject to full scope audit procedures.

•  For the US division, following involvement in risk assessment and setting the overall audit approach 

and strategy with the component auditor (a BDo Member Firm) at the planning stage, we 
performed a detailed review of the testing performed and attended remote meetings with local 
management and the component auditor to challenge the conclusions reached. 

•  one further component – Science Recruitment Group Limited – was subject to full scope audit 

procedures in addition to the nine identified significant components to ensure sufficient coverage 
over financial statement areas was obtained for the purposes of the Group audit opinion (ten in 
total).

•  This component contributes 7% (2019: 5%) of the Group Absolute Adjusted operating ProfitΔ, 5% 
(2019: 5%) of the Group Absolute Profit before Tax, 4% (2019: 10%) of the Group revenue and 2% 
(2019: 7%) of Group Gross Assets.

•  Full scope audit procedures were performed on this component located in the UK, with the audit 

performed by the Group audit team.

Full scope audits

Page_58

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSSpecified audit procedures

•  Specified audit procedures were performed to address the risk of material misstatement arising 

from key balances in non-significant components, with testing performed on all material balances 
within these components. 

•  All testing was performed by BDo Member Firms under direction and supervision of the Group 

audit team. 

•  This specific scope testing was performed on components that contribute 11% (2019: 6%) of the 

Group Absolute Adjusted operating ProfitΔ, 3% (2019: 6%) of the Group Absolute Profit before Tax, 
9% (2019: 9%) of the Group revenue and 9% (2019: 8%) of Group Gross Assets.

•  These components included:
–  Global Medics PTY Limited
–  Global Medics IRL Limited
–  Medacs Healthcare Plc
–  Comensura Pty Limited

•  The Senior Statutory Auditor and Group audit team directed work for the specified procedures via 
detailed instructions, briefings and via review of selected working papers on significant risk areas. 

Remaining components

•  All other components were scoped in for analytical review procedures to confirm our conclusion that 
there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information. 

Parent Company 
and consolidation 

•  The Parent Company is located in the UK and was audited by the Group audit team. The Parent 

Company is treated as a significant component for the Group.

•  The Group audit team have performed testing of the consolidation and related consolidation 

adjustments posted in preparation of the Group financial statements.

KEY AUDIT MATTERS
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due 
to fraud) that we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our 
audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.

Key audit matter 

Description

How we addressed the key audit matter in the audit

Fraud in revenue 
recognition – 
incomplete 
temporary 
contractor  
revenue

(Notes 2, 3 and 17)

The Group processes a large volume of data in 
relation to contractor revenue involving a number 
of systems that operate independently from 
each other.

The risk in relation to temporary contractors is 
that the judgements and estimates applied by 
management concerning the completeness 
and accuracy of revenue cut off are materially 
misstated, in order to meet financial targets or 
commissions in relation to candidate placements.

on a sample basis focused around the year end, we agreed the 
revenue recognised was in agreement with underlying 
supporting evidence (such as customer-approved timecards, 
evidence of payment to the contractor and evidence of 
receipt of cash from the end customer). Where there were 
judgements involved in the estimate of revenue for 
timesheets relating to the period but not received, these 
have been corroborated to evidence supporting these 
judgements.

We considered the appropriateness of the cut-off 
adjustments made by management by agreeing a sample of 
temporary placements to timesheets with reference to the 
period worked.

We inspected a sample of credit notes raised subsequent to 
the year end in order to assess the validity of the sales invoices 
raised in the financial period.

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
We identified no matters to report concerning the 
completeness and accuracy of temporary contractor revenue. 
The judgements and estimates applied were consistent with 
our expectations.

Page_59

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Impellam Group plc 
continued

Key audit matter 

Description

How we addressed the key audit matter in the audit

Revenue 
recognition – 
complex contract 
accounting on 
global managed 
service contracts

(Notes 2, 3 and 17)

Certain entities within the Group provide managed 
services to their clients, which can be complex. 
The applicable contracts usually span several 
financial periods, and have costs incurred prior 
to the contract revenue being recognised. 
These contracts also contain associated 
rebate agreements. 

We audited a sample of contract terms covering the 
significant revenue streams in the business. We understood 
the types of costs included in implementation costs with 
reference to timecards and the job roles of the individuals. We 
ensured that these met the IFRS 15 criteria to be recognised 
as implementation costs and the appropriateness of the 
release period. 

The risk relates to the accounting and potential 
understatement of these rebate agreements that 
could result in a material error within the revenue 
stated for the period.

There is also management judgement involved in 
appropriately recognising implementation costs in 
relation to the upfront implementation costs and 
subsequent release over the contract life.

The audit risk includes all aspects noted above.

We considered the completeness of the rebate liability by, on 
a sample basis, vouching estimates to key contracts and/or 
correspondence. our analysis of the customers compared 
against the rebates payable in the current and prior year 
allowed us to form an expectation as to the liability position 
at period end.

We re-calculated the rebate liability with reference to the 
terms of the supplier contracts/correspondence and volume 
of placements obtained from the information held on the 
audited entity’s system.

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
We found no matters to report concerning the judgemental 
areas surrounding the implementation costs and the rebates 
noted within the global managed service contracts.

Page_60

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSKey audit matter 

Description

How we addressed the key audit matter in the audit

Goodwill, brand 
intangibles 

(Notes 2, 14 and 15) 

Group risk
The Group’s consolidated balance sheet includes 
goodwill and brand intangibles, principally arising 
from historical acquisitions.

and Parent 
Company 
investment 
recoverability  

(Note 3) 

The risk is that the goodwill and brand values 
allocated to cash-generating units are not 
recoverable and should be impaired. Management 
prepare assessments at a cash-generating unit 
(‘CGU’) level, and assess whether the present value 
of cash flows over a terminal period support the 
assets held. 

Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in 
forecasting and discounting cash flows, which are 
the basis of the assessment of recoverability, this is 
a key judgemental area of the audit. 

The financial statements disclose the sensitivity 
estimated by the Group in note 14.

Company risk
Related to the goodwill risk noted above, the 
carrying amount of the investment in subsidiaries 
held by the Parent Company is a significant balance 
that in the current economic environment may be 
at greater risk of impairment. 

Group risk
our work was focused on the Education, Healthcare and UK 
General Staffing CGUs due to the sensitivity of the discounted 
cash flow model inputs. The key sensitivities in the model 
relate to the revenue growth rate, profitability assumptions 
and the discount rate. We have also focused on the CGUs for 
which impairments were realised during the interim reporting 
and considered the possibility of error within the interim 
calculations.

Due to the impact of Covid-19 on the budgeting process, we 
compared interim forecasts against the Group’s results, to 
gain an understanding of the Group’s ability to produce robust 
and accurate forecasts.

We challenged the robustness of key assumptions, including 
revenue growth rates, profitability assumptions and the 
discount rate, based on our understanding of the CGUs. We 
also compared the assumptions used with other, similar, 
recruitment firms. Where appropriate, we have sensitised 
management’s judgements to consider the impact of these 
not being achieved. 

We utilised an auditor’s internal valuation expert to assess 
management’s key assumption inputs noted above. This was 
done with comparison to industry standard data points that 
are utilised in such models.

There is a risk that the judgements and estimate 
applied to the impairment model may not be 
congruent with the underlying data and facts 
available to management.

Parent Company investment
We compared the investment value held to the market 
capitalisation of the Group, adjusting for factors that would 
affect the valuation of the shares. This work was assisted by 
the auditor’s valuation expert.

We utilised underlying discounted cash flow forecasts to form 
an expectation of the recoverable amount, and in addition 
considered the asset position of the subsidiary entities and 
current performance.

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
We have confirmed the estimates and judgements utilised 
within the models applied in relation to the impairment of 
goodwill, brand intangibles and company investment 
impairments are within acceptable ranges.

Page_61

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Impellam Group plc 
continued

Key audit matter 

Description

How we addressed the key audit matter in the audit

Compliance  
with laws and 
regulations 

(Notes 2, 6 and 22)

The Group is subject to both local and international 
legal and regulatory requirements that vary 
between the different industries that the Group 
operates. The Group has an in-house legal team 
who assist management in the determination of its 
financial obligations.

The Group holds a number of balances in relation 
to its ongoing obligations to comply with the 
regulatory and legal environment – varying levels 
of judgement are required to estimate the impact 
of these on the financial statements.

The key areas of compliance relate to workers’ 
rights, such as holiday pay, and retention of 
customer unclaimed payments.

Any non-compliance may result in fines, 
unrecorded liabilities and reputational damage to 
the Group – a combination of these may affect the 
Group’s ability to continue trading. 

New accounting 
treatments as a 
result of Covid-19 

(Notes 2, 4 and 5)

The Group utilised certain government support 
schemes in the year as a direct result of Covid-19.

The utilisation of these schemes required the 
Group to comply with the requirements of 
the scheme.

Any non-compliance may result in fines, 
unrecorded liabilities and reputational damage 
to the Group – a combination of these may affect 
the Group’s ability to continue trading.

There is a risk that these new accounting 
treatments are incorrectly accounted for.

We held meetings with the Group’s legal counsel both in the 
UK and in the USA to understand areas of non-compliance 
with laws or regulation and the progress of any significant 
ongoing legal areas.

We circulated legal confirmations to key external counsel to 
confirm the existence of any potential claims or areas of 
non-compliance. 

We assessed whether the disclosures in relation to the 
liabilities and judgements made within the consolidated 
financial statements are complete and accurate in relation to 
the ongoing legal claims and compliance matters.

We specifically assessed by brand, the Group’s policies and 
practices in relation to holiday pay, in the context of relevant 
legal requirements. We reviewed the basis and 
appropriateness of holiday pay accruals and level of payout 
by sampling contractors and employees to underlying 
contracts and system generated reports. 

We assessed the Group’s treatment of the provision for client 
credits and unclaimed payments.

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
We have no matters to report concerning compliance with 
key laws and regulations applicable to the Group.

We understood the underlying government support schemes 
utilised by the Group and the terms attached to these – the 
most significant scheme to the Group was support for the 
ongoing employment of both contractors working for clients 
and internal staff members. For any other material schemes 
utilised by the Group, we have agreed compliance to the 
underlying rule governing these schemes.

our work ensured that the financial statements correctly 
disclosed the support as required by the relevant reporting 
standards. 

on a sample basis, we agreed the calculation for individual 
employee claims to supporting scheme documentation and 
correspondence to determine compliance with the 
underlying rules. 

This covered both internal employees and external temporary 
contractors.

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
We have no matters to communicate in respect of the 
government support received relating to the continued 
employment of employees and contractors.

Page_62

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. 
We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could influence the economic 
decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower 
materiality level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below 
these levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, 
and the particular circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance 
materiality as follows:

Materiality

Basis for 
determining 
materiality

Rationale for  
the benchmark  
applied

Group

£1.10m (2019: £1.25m)

Parent Company

£1.04m (2019: £1.19m)

c.3.5% of Adjusted operating ProfitΔ (see note 3 
and page 120 for definition)

Capped at 95% of Group materiality

Adjusted operating ProfitΔ is considered the most 
appropriate benchmark based on market practice 
and investor expectations. 

Net assets is considered the most appropriate benchmark 
as the Parent Company does not trade.

An average of three years has been applied to 
normalise results for the atypical impact of 
Covid-19 in the year.

our materiality metric has changed from Adjusted 
EBITDA in the prior year, to Adjusted operating 
ProfitΔ in the current year. This reflects the change 
in reporting metric by the Group that is the primary 
focus of a user of the financial statements.

The materiality applied equates to 0.5% of Group 
Gross Profit, 0.5% of Group Net Assets and 3.5% of 
adjusted EBITDA.

Further materiality measures applied in the conduct of the audit include:

Measure 

Application

Performance 
materiality

£715k (65% of materiality)
(2019: £687k – 55% of materiality)

Component 
materiality

The range of materiality used for components 
ranged from £1,045k to £150k.

Clearly trivial

£22k (2019: £18.75k)

(2019: £1,200k to £625k).

The application of materiality at the individual account or 
balance level is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately 
low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected 
and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality. The audit 
team selected 65% for the current period due to it being our 
second year audit and as a result of their assessment of the 
control environment.

our audit work at each component has been executed at 
levels of materiality applicable to each individual entity based 
on its size and risk as approved by the Group audit team and in 
each case, lower than that applied to the Group. 

All audit differences in excess of ‘clearly trivial’ are reported 
to the Audit Committee, as well as differences below that 
threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds.

Quantitative 
and qualitative 
disclosures

We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall 
presentation of the financial statements.

Page_63

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Impellam Group plc 
continued

OTHER INFORMATION
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the 
Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to 
determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work 
we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact.

Comment

We have nothing to report in this regard.

OTHER COMPANIES ACT 2006 REPORTING
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the 
Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below. 

Strategic and 
Directors’ report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•  the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial period for which the 

financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 

requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its environment obtained 
in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic report or the 
Directors’ report.

MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT BY EXCEPTION

Companies Act  
2006

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires 
us to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 

not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

RESPONSIBILITIES

Directors

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such 
internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and 
using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent 
Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Page_64

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAuditors

our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error 
and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Extent to which  
the audit was 
capable of 
detecting 
irregularities, 
including fraud

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at: https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our 
auditor’s report.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below:

We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to Impellam Group plc. 
We determined that the most significant laws and regulations which are directly relevant to specific assertions in 
the financial statements are those related to the reporting framework (IAS, UK GAAP and the Companies Act 
2006), labour regulations and tax in key territories in which the Group operates. Please refer to the Key Audit 
Matter section of this report for our response to the compliance with laws and regulations, as well as the 
procedures listed below:
•  We understood how the Group is complying with those legal and regulatory frameworks by making enquiries of 

management and those responsible for legal and compliance procedures. We corroborated our enquiries 
through our review of board minutes, legal correspondence or confirmations (where relevant) and specific audit 
testing within significant component and full scope entities.

•  We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud 
might occur, by meeting with management to understand where it is considered there was a susceptibility of 
fraud. our considerations included enquiries with component management and component auditors.

•  We also considered potential fraud drivers, including: financial or other pressures, opportunity, and personal or 

corporate motivations. We considered the programmes and controls that the Company has established to 
address risks identified, or that otherwise prevent, deter and detect fraud; and how senior management 
monitors those programmes and controls. Where the risk was considered to be higher, we performed audit 
procedures to address each identified fraud risk. These procedures included testing manual journals and key 
areas of estimation uncertainty or judgement, for example: cut off of revenue, revenue rebate accruals, expected 
credit loss provisions, provisions in relation to ongoing legal cases, inputs to the models utilised in Goodwill and 
Brand Intangible value-in-use models and certain key assumptions underpinning the IFRS 16 right-of-use asset 
and lease liability calculations. 

•  We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team 
members and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout 
the audit.

our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the financial statements, 
recognising that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not 
detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, 
misrepresentations or through collusion. There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed and the 
further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the 
financial statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

USE OF OUR REPORT
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by 
law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members 
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Mark Cardiff (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor
London, UK
7 April 2021

BDo LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number oC305127).

Page_65

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Consolidated income statement

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Administrative expenses
Impairment losses from receivables

Operating (loss)/profit

operating profit before impairments, amortisation of brand value and customer 

relationships

Amortisation of brand value and customer relationships
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangible assets

operating (loss)/profit

Finance income
Finance expense 

(Loss)/profit before tax
Tax charge

(Loss)/profit from continuing operations
Profit from discontinued operation, net of tax

(Loss)/profit for the period

(Loss)/profit for the period attributable to:
Equity holders of the Parent Company
Non-controlling interest

Earnings per share
Attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company:
– basic
– diluted

Notes

3

17

3 & 4

15
14
15

3 & 4

7
8

9

11

26

10

1 January
2021
£m

2,000.9
(1,772.8)

228.1
(239.5)
(3.6)

(15.0)

3 January
2020
£m

2,254.8
(1,980.7)

274.1
(261.4)
1.2

13.9

18.2
(11.0)
(16.6)
(5.6)

(15.0)

0.3
(5.7)

(20.4)
(1.0)

(21.4)
–

(21.4)

(21.4)
–

(21.4)

31.1
(10.2)
(1.6)
(5.4)

13.9

0.8
(9.0)

5.7
(0.9)

4.8
0.7

5.5

5.8
(0.3)

5.5

(46.2)p
(46.2)p

11.2p
11.2p

Page_66

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of comprehensive income

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

(Loss)/profit for the period
Other comprehensive income:
Items that may be subsequently reclassified into income:
Foreign currency translation differences – foreign operations

Total comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to: 
Equity holders of the Parent Company
Non-controlling interest

Notes

1 January 
2021
£m

(21.4)

3 January 
2020
£m

5.5

(2.0)

(23.4)

(23.4)
–

(23.4)

(4.3)

1.2

1.5
(0.3)

1.2

26

Page_67

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Consolidated balance sheet

AS AT 1 JANUARY 2021

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Goodwill
other intangible assets
Financial assets
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other receivables

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
Short-term borrowings
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables
Tax payable
Provisions

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities
Long-term borrowings
Lease liabilities
other payables
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Issued share capital
Share premium account

other reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

1 January
2021
£m

Notes

12
13
14
15
16
23
17

17

18

20
13
19

22

21
13
19
22
23

24
24

25

26

5.1
21.3
129.1
96.2
1.6
10.3
3.3

266.9

563.9
2.8
117.9

684.6

951.5

0.1
9.2
558.0
0.5
7.2

575.0

109.6

119.0
17.3
–
3.3
18.1

157.7

732.7

218.8

0.5
30.1

30.6
118.3
70.2

219.1

(0.3)

218.8

(Restated)
3 January
2020
£m

6.6
27.6
148.0
117.8
1.5
13.6
5.7

320.8

574.7
2.5
132.3

709.5

1,030.3

24.7
10.7
550.4
1.8
3.6

591.2

118.3

140.9
23.1
1.6
5.5
21.5

192.6

783.8

246.5

0.5
30.1

30.6
120.3
95.9

246.8

(0.3)

246.5

The consolidated financial statements of Impellam Group plc (registered number: 06511961) on pages 66 to 112 were 
approved by the Board on 7 April 2021.

Tim Briant
Chief Financial Officer

Page_68

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of changes in equity

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

5 January 2019
Profit for the period
other comprehensive income (note 25)

Total comprehensive income in period
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Purchase and cancellation of own shares (note 24)
Demerger charge (note 11)

3 January 2020

4 January 2020

Loss for the period
other comprehensive income (note 25)

Total comprehensive income in period
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Purchase and cancellation of own shares (note 24)

1 January 2021

Total share 
capital and 
share 
premium
(note 24)
£m

30.6
–
–

–

–
–

other 
reserves
(note 25)
£m

124.6
–
(4.3)

(4.3)

–
–

30.6

30.6

120.3

120.3

–
–

–

–

–
(2.0)

(2.0)

–

30.6

118.3

Retained 
earnings
£m

110.7
5.8
–

5.8

(10.8)
(9.8)

95.9

95.9

(21.4)
–

(21.4)

(4.3)

70.2

Total equity 
attributable 
to equity 
owners of 
the parent
£m

Non-
controlling
interest 
(note 26)
£m

Total 
equity
£m

265.9
5.5
(4.3)

1.2

(10.8)
(9.8)

–
(0.3)
–

(0.3)

–
–

(0.3)

246.5

(0.3)

246.5

–
–

–

–

(21.4)
(2.0)

(23.4)

(4.3)

265.9
5.8
(4.3)

1.5

(10.8)
(9.8)

246.8

246.8

(21.4)
(2.0)

(23.4)

(4.3)

219.1

(0.3)

218.8

Page_69

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Consolidated cash flow statement

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

Cash flows from operating activities
(Loss)/profit before tax
Adjustments for:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of right-of-use assets
Amortisation of other intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangible assets
(Profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Finance income
Finance expense
Discontinued operations

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables
Increase in provisions

Cash from operations
Tax paid

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiary
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Receipt from lease debtors
Increase in other financial assets
Interest received

Net cash from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Drawdown of short-term borrowings
Repayment of short-term borrowings
Decrease in overdraft
Purchase and cancellation of own shares
Interest paid on lease liabilities
Interest paid on borrowings
Repayment of lease liabilities
Cash flow on discontinued operations, net of cash disposed of

Net cash from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
opening cash and cash equivalents
Effect of foreign exchange rate movements

Closing cash and cash equivalents

Page_70

Notes

1 January
2021
£m

(20.4)

12
13
15
14
15
4
7
8
11

22

12
15
28
16
7

28
28
28
24
8
8
28
11

28

18

2.8
9.5
17.6
16.6
5.6
(0.2)
(0.3)
5.7
–

36.9
8.1
50.8
1.4

97.2
(2.7)

94.5

–
(1.2)
(2.3)
3.2
(0.1)
0.3

(0.1)

167.1
(213.4)
(36.1)
(4.3)
(0.8)
(4.6)
(11.5)
–

(103.6)

(9.2)
132.3
(5.2)

117.9

(Restated)
3 January 
2020
£m

5.7

3.2
9.0
17.2
1.6
5.4
0.2
(0.8)
9.0
0.7

51.2
(8.1)
6.0
4.8

53.9
(4.4)

49.5

(2.9)
(3.6)
(6.8)
2.9
(0.1)
0.8

(9.7)

260.0
(243.2)
(0.9)
(10.8)
(1.3)
(6.8)
(12.1)
(2.5)

(17.6)

22.2
117.1
(7.0)

132.3

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the consolidated financial statements

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION
The financial statements of Impellam Group plc and all of its subsidiaries (‘the Group’) for the 52 weeks ended 1 January 2021 
were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 April 2021 and the balance sheet was signed on behalf of the Board 
by Tim Briant.

The Group provides staffing solutions, human capital management and outsourced people-related services from offices 
located in the UK, Ireland, North America, mainland Europe, Australia and New Zealand.

Impellam Group plc (‘the Company’) is a public limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales and 
domiciled in the UK under the Companies Act 2006 with a listing on the London Stock Exchange, trading on AIM.

Its registered office is located at: 
800 The Boulevard
Capability Green 
Luton 
Bedfordshire LU1 3BA 
United Kingdom

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of preparation and going concern
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. In coming to their conclusion, 
the Directors have considered the Group’s profit and cash flow plans for the coming period, and have run various downside 
‘stress test’ scenarios. These scenarios assess the speed that economies in our key trading markets of the UK, USA and 
Australia expand as current restrictions on business are relaxed. These stress tests indicate the Group can withstand the 
increased working capital commitments that arise as a result of increased business in the staffing industry. 

The projections assess our potential debt requirements against the Group’s £240m of committed facilities and against the key 
covenant ratios over this period. The Group has cyclical working capital requirements which increase during periods of higher 
trading levels and therefore if there is a significant increase in trading over a short period, the working capital requirements 
and therefore net debt could increase significantly. In our projections, as business activity increases our working capital 
requirements and net debt levels would rise, but to levels within our facility. In these projections the Group’s key covenant 
ratio of net debt being less than 2.5x the last 12 months’ EBITDA is not breached at the quarterly testing points.

In preparing these stress test scenarios, we have included the cash outflows from various government programmes, across the 
jurisdictions in which the Group operates, to account for the deferral of certain tax payments during the current period, which 
was a cash benefit of £48.0m at the end of the current period. The scenarios include certain cost mitigation actions, such as 
reduced performance bonus, travel and entertainment, marketing activity, reduced capital expenditure and postponement in 
share buybacks that may be required to ease the working capital impact as trading levels recover. In the event that there is a 
more significant cash requirement than in these scenarios there are further mitigating actions which could include, but are not 
limited to, further reductions in capital expenditure and further reductions in non-business critical expenditure.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except where otherwise identified and as modified 
for the revaluation of certain financial assets at fair value through the income statement. The principal accounting policies 
adopted are set out below. The financial statements are presented in Pound Sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest 
£0.1 million (£0.1m) except where otherwise indicated. Foreign operations are included in accordance with note 2(C) below.

Any references to 2020 in these statements refer to the 52-week financial period ended 1 January 2021. Any references to 
2019 in these statements refer to the 52-week financial period ended 3 January 2020.

Page_71

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CoNTINUED
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Group as at 1 January 2021. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Parent Company. Each company, including the 
parent, uses locally applicable generally accepted accounting practice (‘GAAP’) for the preparation of their individual financial 
statements. Adjustments are made to bring these into line with the IFRS policies adopted by the Group, as required.

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which the Group obtains control using the acquisition method and cease to be 
consolidated from the date on which the Group ceases its control. Accounting policies have been applied consistently.

A component of the Group’s business is classified as a discontinued operation if the operations and cash flows of the 
component can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the Group and 
if the component either has been or is classified as held for sale, and:
•  represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations;
• 
• 

is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations; or
is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale.

When an operation is classified as a discontinued operation the consolidated income statement and consolidated cash flow 
statement are restated and presented as if the operation has been classified as such from the start of the comparative year.

IFRS 3 Business combinations – Amendments

A) Changes in accounting policies and disclosures
New standards, amendments and interpretations effective in financial year 2020
• 
•  Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of financial statements and IAS 8 Changes in accounting policies
•  Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 on financial instruments
• 

IFRS 16 Leases – Covid-19 related rent concessions

The above amendments have not materially impacted the Group’s results.

Standards and interpretations to existing standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group 
The following new standards and interpretations to existing standards have been published that are mandatory for the 
Group’s future accounting and effective for the Group as follows, which are all effective for periods starting on or after 
1 January 2021:
•  Amendments to IFRS 4 Insurance contracts
•  Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 on financial instruments, IFRS 4 Insurance contracts and IFRS 16 Leases

The above amendments are not expected to materially impact the Group’s results.

B) Significant accounting judgements and estimates
In applying the Group’s accounting policies, the following judgements and estimates have been made that may have a 
significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements in the current or future years:

i) Judgements
Agent versus principal
The Group assesses whether it is acting as agent or principal depending on whether the client has a direct relationship with 
the Group, whether the Group has the primary responsibility for providing the services and whether the Group contracts 
directly with either the worker placed or any other recruitment agency. Account is also made of the degree of latitude the 
Group has in establishing the charging rates with all parties. 

Where the Group provides a Managed Service, in which it acts as agent for the client (which is mainly Managed Services 
contracts), the amount of revenue recognised is limited to the management fee receivable for that service after making 
provision for any losses foreseen, volume rebates and amounts payable under gain-share arrangements rather than the full 
amount invoiced. Trade receivables and payables related to these sales are recorded at full invoice value.

Page_72

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSLease end dates
Under IFRS 16 Leases a right-of-use asset and lease liability need to be recognised in line with the expected lease term, which 
may not be the same as the term of the lease. This has led to a level of judgement over the leases in our portfolio on the 
expected lease termination date. Depending on the circumstances of the individual lease, the Group has taken either the 
break date (for those circumstances where the break is expected to be exercised), the actual lease end date or an estimate 
of how long we will stay in a property for those leases which are held over.

Ageing of borrowing
The Group has signed up to a revolving credit facility which is committed until at least April 2023 (note 29). Borrowings made 
under this facility are over a set period, which is usually less than a year, but are available to be renewed as and when they fall 
due. The Group assesses an element of this borrowing to be due in less than one year based upon optimal cash holding 
positions and planned repayments of the debt, in total, over the coming 12 months.

Deferred tax asset recoverability
The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is 
no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be 
utilised. Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each balance sheet date and are recognised to the extent 
that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

ii) Estimates
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
The Group determines whether goodwill and other intangible assets are permanently impaired on an annual basis or 
otherwise when changes in events or situations indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. This requires an 
estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the assets are allocated. Estimating the value-in-
use requires the Group to make an estimate of the future cash flows from the cash-generating unit and also to choose a 
suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows. More details of the carrying value and 
impairment review, including sensitivities, are given in notes 14 and 15.

Legal provision
The Group measures and recognises provisions related to pending litigation or other outstanding claims subject to negotiated 
settlement, mediation and arbitration. A significant level of estimation is required to quantify the possible ranges of financial 
settlement. Due to the inherent uncertainty in this evaluation process, actual losses may be different from the originally 
estimated provision (see note 22).

Held-over lease end dates
The Group has estimated the lease end date for certain property leases where the lease has finished but the property is still in 
use under the holding-over provisions of the Tenant and Landlord Act 1954. In these cases, the Group has had discussions with 
the brand occupying the specific property and the landlord to determine the expected future of the property and used these 
discussions as a basis of estimating the expected future period the Group will retain access to the property.

Lease interest rates
The Group has estimated the interest rates implicit in the lease when calculating the lease liability and related right-of-use 
asset under IFRS 16 Leases. Unless stipulated clearly when taking on the liability, the Group uses an incremental borrowing 
rate calculation to determine the relevant rate. Consideration is taken over the term of the lease, the credit risk of the acquirer 
and any specific risks relating to the assets acquired by an individual lease.

Change in critical estimates and critical judgements
During the year, the Group reviewed the critical estimates and critical judgements and removed the judgements over 
discontinued operations and brand value amortisation as the judgements over these areas were completed in the prior period. 

Page_73

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CoNTINUED
C) Currencies and foreign currency translation
The functional and presentational currency of the Company and its UK subsidiaries is Pound Sterling. Foreign operations are 
located mainly in North America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand, which use their local currencies as their functional 
currencies.

on consolidation, at the reporting date, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are translated into the 
presentation currency of the Group at rates ruling on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at 
average exchange rates monthly during the reporting period, as this is considered a reasonable approximation to actual 
translated rates.

The exchange differences arising from this retranslation are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income and accumulated to a foreign currency translation reserve in equity.

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency using the rate of exchange ruling at the 
date of the transaction. At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies 
are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. All differences are taken to the income statement. 
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate 
as at the date of the initial transaction. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using 
exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined.

Exchange differences on monetary items receivable from or payable to a foreign operation for which settlement is neither 
planned nor likely to occur, therefore forming part of the net investment in the foreign operation, and the tax charges and 
credits attributable to the exchange differences on these balances, are dealt with in the statement of comprehensive income 
and accumulated to a foreign currency translation reserve in equity.

D) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historic cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value. Historical 
cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Depreciation is calculated on 
a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset as follows:

Freehold property: 
Short leasehold property improvements: 
Furniture, fixtures and fittings: 

Computer equipment: 

over 50 years
over the term of the lease
between three and ten years or to the end of the lease, whichever is shorter 
at the start of the asset’s life
between two and five years

The residual value and estimated useful lives of assets are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. 
The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected 
to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference 
between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the item) is included in the income statement in the period the 
item is derecognised.

E) Goodwill
Goodwill acquired in a business combination represents the excess of the consideration paid (at the date of exchange) over 
the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired on the date of acquisition. 
Acquisition-related costs are expensed to the income statement as incurred.

Goodwill is recognised as an asset in the consolidated balance sheet of the Group and is recorded at cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses. The carrying value of goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Any impairment charge is recognised immediately in the 
income statement and is not subsequently reversed.

Page_74

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to 
each of the Group’s cash-generating units (business segments) that is expected to benefit from the combination. Each group 
of cash-generating units to which the goodwill is so allocated represents the lowest level within the Group at which the 
goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount 
of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less 
than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised.

F) Other intangible assets
other intangible assets represent the carrying value of brands and client relationships, identified on business combinations, 
and of computer software and licences.

Carrying value is equal to cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment or, in the case of assets acquired through 
business combinations, fair value at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and impairment.

Brands are defined as having finite useful lives and the costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful 
lives of each of the assets (ranging between three and 20 years). The expense is taken to the income statement through the 
‘depreciation and amortisation’ line within administrative expenses.

Client relationships are defined as having finite useful lives and the costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over the 
estimated useful lives of each of the assets (ten years). The expense is taken to the income statement through the 
‘depreciation and amortisation’ line within administrative expenses.

Externally acquired computer software and licences are capitalised at the costs incurred to acquire and bring into use the 
specific software. Internally generated computer software programs are capitalised to the extent that costs can be separately 
identified and attributed to particular software programs, measured reliably, and where the asset developed can be shown to 
generate future economic benefits and the Group intends to and has the technical ability and sufficient resources to complete 
development. Computer software and licences are defined as having finite useful lives and the costs are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each of the assets, considered to be between three and five years. The 
expense is taken to the income statement through the ‘depreciation and amortisation’ line within administrative expenses.

All costs relating to the ‘research’ phase of the software development cycle, together with costs not separately identifiable 
and attributable to particular program development, are expensed directly to administrative expenses in the income 
statement in the period in which they are incurred.

All intangible assets are also reviewed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount may be 
impaired, or where the asset is not yet available for use. Useful lives are also examined on an annual basis and adjustments, 
where applicable, are made on a prospective basis.

G) Implementation costs
Costs directly attributable to the implementation of a contract and which can be separately identified and measured reliably 
are capitalised when income from that contract is virtually certain and where they relate directly to the specific contract and 
are directly incremental to the implementation. These costs are included within trade and other receivables on the balance 
sheet so long as the estimated future cash flows from the contract are not less than the capitalised amount. These capitalised 
costs are amortised over the life of the contract on a straight-line basis. If the contract becomes loss-making, any unamortised 
costs are written off immediately.

H) Financial assets
Financial assets are classified as ‘financial assets at fair value through the income statement’, ‘financial assets at fair value 
through other comprehensive income’, or as ‘financial assets at amortised cost’, as appropriate. The Group determines the 
classification of its financial assets at initial recognition and, where allowed and appropriate, re-evaluates this designation at 
each financial period end. When financial assets are recognised initially, they are measured at fair value, being the transaction 
price plus, in the case of financial assets not at fair value through the income statement, directly attributable 
transaction costs.

Page_75

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CoNTINUED
Investments
The Group’s investments are classified as held at fair value through the income statement. They are further classified as non-
current unless management expects to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

These investments relate to the deferred compensation plan detailed in note 2(P) below, where the employee’s entitlement is 
limited to the market value of the fund. on this basis, the use of fair value through the income statement is permitted because 
it eliminates a measurement inconsistency (‘accounting mismatch’) that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or 
liabilities or recognising the gains or losses on them on a different basis.

Subsequent to initial recognition these investments are held at fair value; the fair values are based upon bid prices ruling at the 
balance sheet date. Fair value adjustments are recognised through the income statement.

I) Other non-current financial assets
other non-current financial assets represent security deposits with non-financial institutions that have no fixed date of 
repayment and that are not expected to be repaid within the next 12 months. on initial recognition these assets are held 
at cost and subsequently at amortised cost.

Impairment
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether a financial asset is impaired by reference to any known evidence 
indicating that the Group may not be able to collect all amounts due in full.

J) Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables, which have various terms, are non-interest-bearing and are recognised and carried at fair value and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost, being the original invoice amount less an allowance for uncollectible amounts, 
credit notes and expected credit losses. 

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss 
provision for trade receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables 
and contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to 
the trade receivables for similar types of contracts. 

The expected loss provision is based on the Group’s expectation of future credit losses over the current receivables balance. 
These expectations are based upon known issues effecting specific debtors as well as general forward-looking information on 
factors affecting the Group’s customers as a whole as well as an awareness of the economic conditions in the countries where 
the Group operates. These risk factors are considered both on initial recognition of the receivable and as part of the ongoing 
assessment. If there has been a significant increase in the credit risk since the initial recognition then an increased loss 
provision is recognised.

Trade and other receivables also include contract assets which primarily arise either costs incurred when implementing a new 
contract or where services have been provided but the amount incurred and margin earned has yet to be invoiced to the client 
due to timing of the completion of the performance obligation and are considered contract assets for disclosures required 
under IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

K) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and short-term deposits in the consolidated balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits 
with an original maturity of three months or less. For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash 
equivalents consist of cash and short-term deposits as defined above. Bank overdrafts are due on demand and part of the 
day-to-day cash management of the Group and are shown within trade and other payables on the consolidated balance sheet.

L) Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are classified as financial liabilities and measured at amortised cost which approximates to the fair 
value. The balances are not interest-bearing.

Page_76

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSM) Taxes
Current tax
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from 
or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and the tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax
Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method, on temporary differences at the balance sheet date between the 
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences, except:
•  where the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a 

• 

transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor 
taxable profit or loss; and
in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, where the timing of the reversal 
of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised on an undiscounted basis for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward 
of unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which 
the deductible temporary differences and the carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised 
except:
•  where the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition 

• 

of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither 
the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and
in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, deferred tax assets are 
recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and 
taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the 
asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at 
the balance sheet date. Income tax relating to items recognised directly in equity is recognised in equity and not in the income 
statement.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

Deferred tax liabilities are not recognised on unremitted earnings from subsidiaries where the Group can control the timing of 
the reversal and the temporary difference is not expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

Sales taxes
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of sales tax except:
•  where the sales tax incurred on a purchase of goods or services or assets is not recoverable from the taxation authority, 
in which case the sales tax is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as 
applicable; and

•  receivables and payables that are stated with the amount of sales tax included.

The net amount of sales tax recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or 
payables in the balance sheet.

Page_77

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CoNTINUED
N) Provisions
Provisions, such as those over property or ongoing legal cases, are recognised when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to 
settle the obligation; and the amount has been reliably estimated.

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows 
at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. When discounting is used, the increase 
in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as an interest expense in the income statement.

As part of the normal course of business the Group is exposed to various claims. Provisions are made for amounts that satisfy 
the recognition criteria in IAS 37 and accordingly are not recognised when the likelihood of any claim being settled and the 
associated settlement amount cannot be estimated.

O) Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified on initial recognition as either ‘financial liabilities at fair value through the income statement’ 
or ‘at amortised cost’. All Group borrowings have initially been recognised as ‘at amortised cost’ and measured at fair value 
of the consideration received less directly attributable issue costs.

After initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. This cost is computed 
as the amount initially recognised minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation, using the effective 
interest rate method of any difference between the initially recognised amount and the maturity amount. Amortised cost 
is calculated by taking into account any issue costs, and any discount or premium on settlement.

Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities are derecognised as well as through the 
amortisation process.

A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires.

P) Employee benefits
Short-term benefits – bonus arrangements
The Group operates a number of annual bonus arrangements for Directors and employees. The cost of these arrangements is 
recognised in the income statement when the entity has an obligation to make such payments as a result of the achievement 
of Board-approved performance targets and when a reliable estimate of this obligation can be made.

Defined contribution pension obligations
The Group provides pension arrangements for its UK-based Directors and employees through defined contribution schemes 
administered by third party providers. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been made. 
Contribution costs are expensed to the income statement as they become due.

Other post-employment obligations
In the US, the Group operates a deferred compensation plan for certain key employees. The plan allows the employee to defer 
receipt of a portion of their emoluments together with, in some cases, a contribution from the Group. The deferred amounts 
plus the Group contribution are paid into an external trust fund. Employees’ entitlement is limited to the market value of the 
fund; therefore, both the investment and the liability to the employee are marked to market on an annual basis, with 
movements passing through the administrative expenses line (salaries and wages) in the income statement.

Q) Leases
All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for leases of low-value assets and 
leases with an expected full term of 12 months or less.

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the unpaid contractual payments over the expected lease term, with 
the discount rate determined by reference to the rate inherent in the lease unless (as is typically the case) this is not readily 
determinable, in which case the Group’s incremental borrowing rate on commencement of the lease is used. 

on initial recognition, the carrying value of the lease liability also includes amounts expected to be payable under any residual 
value guarantee; the exercise price of any purchase option granted in favour of the Group if it is reasonably certain to exercise 
that option; and any penalties payable for terminating the lease, if the term of the lease has been estimated on the basis of 
the termination option being exercised.

Page_78

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSRight-of-use assets are initially measured at the amount of the lease liability, reduced for any lease incentives received, and 
increased for lease payments made at or before commencement of the lease and initial direct costs incurred.

Subsequent to initial measurement, lease liabilities increase as a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the balance 
outstanding and are reduced for lease payments made. Right-of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the 
remaining term of the lease or over the remaining economic life of the asset if this is judged to be shorter than the lease term. 

When the Group revises its estimate of the term of any lease, it adjusts the carrying amount of the lease liability to reflect the 
payments to make over the revised term, which are discounted at a revised discount rate that is implicit in the lease for the 
remainder of the lease term. The carrying value of lease liabilities is similarly revised if any variable element of future lease 
payments dependent on a rate or index is revised. In both cases, an equivalent adjustment is made to the carrying value of 
the right-of-use asset, with the revised carrying amount being amortised over the remaining lease term.

When the Group renegotiates the contractual terms of a lease with the lessor, the accounting depends on the nature of the 
modification. If the renegotiation results in one or more additional assets being leased for an amount similar to the standalone 
price for the additional rights-of-use obtained, the modification is accounted for as a separate lease in accordance with the 
above policy. In all other cases where the renegotiation increases the scope of the lease (whether that is an extension to the 
lease term, or one or more additional assets being leased), the lease liability is remeasured using the discount rate applicable 
on the modification date, with the right-of-use asset being adjusted by the same amount. If the renegotiation results in a 
decrease in the scope of the lease, both the carrying amount of the lease liability and right-of-use asset are reduced by the 
same proportion to reflect the partial or full termination of the lease with any difference recognised in profit or loss. The lease 
liability is then further adjusted to ensure the carrying amount reflects the amount of the renegotiated payments over the 
renegotiated term, with the modified lease payments discounted at the rate applicable on the modification date. The right-of-
use asset is adjusted by the same amount.

Right-of-use assets are reviewed regularly to ensure that the useful economic life of the asset is still appropriate based on 
the usage of the asset. Where the asset has reduced in value the Group considers the situation on an asset-by-asset basis and 
either treats the reduction as an acceleration of depreciation or as an impairment under IAS 36 Impairment of Assets. An 
acceleration of depreciation occurs in those cases where there is no opportunity or intention to utilise the asset before the 
end of the lease. An impairment is recognised in those few cases where the current value-in-use of the asset is significantly 
less than the carrying amount and there is no intention or opportunity known of that mitigates this impairment.

For contracts that both convey a right to the Group to use an identified asset and require services to be provided to the Group 
by the lessor, the Group has elected to account for the entire contract as a lease.

Where the Group acts as a lessor by sub-letting specific leases, each such lease is classed either as a finance lease, if the sub-let 
transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of the underlying asset to the lessee, or an operating lease, if not. The Group 
endeavours to ensure that any sub-lease covers the full remaining term of the lease. 

Where the Group recognises an asset from a finance lease, such asset replaces the right-of-use asset arising from the head 
lease and is recorded as a receivable called net investment in the lease. Subsequent to initial measurement, the net investment 
in the lease increases as a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the balance outstanding and is reduced for lease 
payments made. These assets are reviewed for recoverability using the simplified arrangements under the expected credit 
loss model creating a lifetime expected credit loss provision.

Where the Group recognises an operating lease, lease payments received are treated as income on a straight-line basis.

Page_79

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CoNTINUED
R) Revenue
Revenue derived from temporary staffing services is recognised and accrued by reference to hours worked (representing the 
service provided) in accordance with submitted authorised timesheets and pre-agreed charge rates (which include an element 
of salary and related costs) which are together used to determine the transaction price. This applies both when there is a 
direct supply as well as when there is supply of a Managed Service to the client, as the timing of performance obligations and 
the raising of invoices can vary. Timesheets are submitted mainly on a weekly basis, with a limited number being submitted 
either daily or monthly, so any variable aspect of contract assets is limited due to the financial period finishing at the end of 
a week.

The Group assesses whether it is acting as agent or principal depending on whether the client has a direct relationship with 
the Group, whether the Group has the primary responsibility for providing the services and whether the Group has control 
of or holds the inventory risk over the worker placed. 

Where the Group acts as a principal in the supply, revenue is recognised as the gross amount due, net of value-added tax, 
rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales made within the Group. Where the Group provides a service in which it acts 
as agent for the client, the amount of revenue recognised is limited to the management fee receivable for that service after 
making provision for any losses foreseen, volume rebates and any other amounts payable rather than the full amount invoiced. 
Trade receivables and payables related to these sales are recorded at full invoice value. The Group does conduct business on 
both a principal and an agent basis and each new contract is reviewed to identify the most appropriate basis. Most segments 
within the Group act as principals as they have the primary relationship with the worker placed and can control when and 
where they are placed. The examples of the agent-basis relationship are all found in the Global Talent Acquisition and 
Managed Workforce Solutions segment. These contracts have secondary relationships with the workers placed and act more 
as intermediaries for processing and consolidating contact rather than sourcing the individual workers. The contractual 
obligations around both the billing of clients and payments to suppliers in these cases also highlights the lack of control over 
the specific service provided and so reinforces the recognition of revenue on an agent basis.

Revenue derived from permanent placements is recognised and accrued when the employment of the individual commences 
with provision made for potential refunds which can be payable if the placement is terminated within a set period ranging 
from 14 to 100 days. Revenue recognised from a permanent placement uses a transaction price typically based on a 
percentage of the candidate’s remuneration package and is recognised when the candidate commences work with the client, 
which is the only performance obligation and point at which control was transferred involved in the supply.

For revenue derived from both temporary staffing and permanent placements, payment is due following the completion 
of the performance obligations and an agreed period of credit dependent on the agreed contract with the client.

other revenue, including fees received for one-off services which are not dependent on hours worked or placed workers, is 
recognised when all parties agree the relevant performance obligations have been performed.

Interest income receivable on deposits with financial institutions is recognised on an accrued basis. Contract liabilities are 
recognised when an invoice has been raised in advance of the service provision discussed above.

S) Separately disclosed items
Separately disclosed items are costs or income that have been recognised in the income statement which the Directors 
believe, due to their nature or size, should be disclosed separately to give a more comparable view of the year-on-year 
underlying financial performance. These are separately disclosed in the notes.

T) Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense when incurred unless they are qualifying assets under IAS 23 Borrowing Costs 
when they are capitalised.

U) Equity instruments
The ordinary shares issued by the Company are classified as equity. They are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct 
issue costs.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity instrument (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including 
any directly attributable incremental costs (net of taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity 
shareholders, until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Upon cancellation, a reserve equal to the nominal value of the shares 
is transferred from retained earnings into a capital redemption reserve.

Page_80

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSV) Dividend distribution policy
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Group financial statements in the 
period in which the dividends are paid or approved by the Company’s shareholders.

W) Government grants
Government grants are recognised against expenses in the period in which they are intended to compensate. Grants are only 
recognised when there is reasonable assurance that any conditions attached to the grant will be complied with and that the 
grant will be received.

X) Prior year adjustment
A prior year adjustment has been made in relation to the timing of recognition of leases under IFRS 16 and a reclassification of 
receipts in relation to lease debtors within the cash flow statement (see note 13).

3. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Group is reporting under IFRS 8 operating Segments which requires that the Group firstly:
• 

identifies its ‘Chief operating Decision Maker’ (‘CoDM’), which has currently been assessed as the Group Chief Executive 
officer who, along with the ‘Leadership Team’, reviews the Group’s internal reporting in order to assess performance and 
allocate resources 

and secondly:
•  by reference to the information supplied to the CoDM, identifies its operating segments and from these to identify its 

reportable segments.

The CoDM discusses performance with management of the following reportable segments plus an allocation of shared costs 
and corporate costs:
•  Global Talent Acquisition and Managed Workforce Solutions
•  Global Specialist Staffing
•  Regional Specialist Staffing
•  Healthcare

The CoDM does not review balance sheet reports in detail by segment, only in total for the Group. As such, no information 
relating to assets and liabilities on a segmental basis has been presented.

1 January 2021
Global Talent Acquisition and Managed Workforce Solutions
Global Specialist Staffing
Regional Specialist Staffing
Healthcare
Inter-segment revenues

Operating segments

Revenue
£m

Gross profit
£m

709.7
523.2
581.5
231.3
(44.8)

70.9
45.8
69.6
41.8
–

2,000.9

228.1

Adjusted
operating 
profit
£m

13.4
11.2
(0.2)
(1.1)
–

23.3

Page_81

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

3. SEGMENT INFORMATION CoNTINUED

(Restated)

3 January 2020
Global Talent Acquisition and Managed Workforce Solutions
Global Specialist Staffing
Regional Specialist Staffing
Healthcare
Inter-segment revenues

Operating segments

Revenue
£m

Gross profit
£m

757.1
649.1
650.3
245.8
(47.5)

2,254.8

78.0
55.5
94.0
46.6
–

274.1

Adjusted
operating 
profit
£m

13.7
15.2
6.3
0.5
–

35.7

Reconciliation of segment adjusted operating profit to profit from continuing operations is as follows:

Segment adjusted operating profit
Corporate costs

Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation of brand value and customer relationships (note 15)
Impairment of goodwill (note 14)
Impairment of intangible assets (note 14)

Operating (loss)/profit from continuing operations
Finance income (note 7)
Finance expense (note 8)
Tax charge (note 9)

(Loss)/profit from continuing operations

1 January 
2021
£m

(Restated)
3 January 
2020
£m

23.3
(5.1)

18.2
(11.0)
(16.6)
(5.6)

(15.0)
0.3
(5.7)
(1.0)

(21.4)

35.7
(4.6)

31.1
(10.2)
(1.6)
(5.4)

13.9
0.8
(9.0)
(0.9)

4.8

Where the Group places workers between operational segments, the relevant segments each record the gross revenue for 
placing the worker on an arm’s-length basis. An adjustment has been made to remove the impact of inter-segment revenues 
from the Group results. 

As disclosed in the prior year and as a result of the adoption of IFRS 16 in the previous financial year, the Group has adopted 
adjusted operating profit as its Alternative Performance Measure, to include depreciation and amortisation of assets but 
excluding amortisation of acquired intangibles, and comparatives have been restated accordingly. The Group has also 
allocated separately disclosed items into the comparative results, rather than showing them separately as in the prior year, 
as this is now considered a more inclusive view of the segmental results for the period. 

Adjusted operating profit is not defined by IFRS and therefore may not be directly comparable with other companies’ 
alternative profit measures. It is not intended to be a substitute, or superior to, IFRS measurements of profit.

IFRS 15 requires entities to disaggregate revenue recognised from contracts with customers into relevant categories that 
depict how the nature, amount and cash flows are affected by economic factors. As a result, we consider the following 
information to be relevant:

Page_82

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS1 January 2021

Primary geographic markets 
UK 
Europe 
North America 
Australasia 

Total

Major service lines 
Temporary placements 
Permanent placements
other 

Total

Timing of revenue recognition 
Service transferred at a point in time 

Total

3 January 2020

Primary geographic markets 
UK 
Europe 
North America 
Australasia 

Total

Major service lines 
Temporary placements 
Permanent placements
other 

Total

Timing of revenue recognition 
Service transferred at a point in time 

Total

Global Talent 
Acquisition and 
Managed 
Workforce 
Solutions
£m

546.1
15.3
142.2
6.1

709.7

702.1
2.7
4.9

709.7

709.7

709.7

Global Talent 
Acquisition and 
Managed 
Workforce 
Solutions
£m

597.9
17.4
134.2
7.6

757.1

744.7
5.3
7.1

757.1

757.1

757.1

Global 
Specialist 
Staffing 
£m

Regional 
Specialist 
Staffing
£m

Healthcare 
£m

 Inter-segment 
revenues 
£m

450.7
1.1
71.4
–

523.2

510.1
8.0
5.1

523.2

523.2

523.2

383.5
9.8
187.9
0.3

581.5

574.1
6.0
1.4

581.5

581.5

581.5

130.1
47.7
–
53.5

231.3

224.8
6.0
0.5

231.3

231.3

231.3

(44.8)
–
–
–

(44.8)

(44.8)
–
–

(44.8)

(44.8)

(44.8)

Global
 Specialist 
Staffing 
£m

Regional 
Specialist
 Staffing
£m

Healthcare 
£m

 Inter-segment 
revenues 
£m

573.7
0.8
74.6
–

649.1

612.6
12.1
24.4

649.1

649.1

649.1

437.8
7.3
205.0
0.2

650.3

615.6
13.6
21.1

650.3

650.3

650.3

128.2
51.9
–
65.7

245.8

236.9
8.6
0.3

245.8

245.8

245.8

(47.5)
–
–
–

(47.5)

(47.5)
–
–

(47.5)

(47.5)

(47.5)

The revenue information above is based on location of the Group entity directly involved in the supply.

 Total 
£m

1,465.6
73.9
401.5
59.9

2,000.9

1,966.3
22.7
11.9

2,000.9

2,000.9

2,000.9

 Total 
£m

1,690.1
77.4
413.8
73.5

2,254.8

2,162.3
39.6
52.9

2,254.8

2,254.8

2,254.8

Page_83

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

3. SEGMENT INFORMATION CoNTINUED
Non-current assets

UK
North America
Europe
Australasia

Total

1 January 
2021
£m

126.8
119.0
12.5
8.2

266.5

3 January 
2020
£m

167.7
124.9
13.7
12.3

318.6

Non-current assets above consist of Property, plant and equipment, Goodwill, other intangible assets, Deferred tax assets, 
Financial assets and Trade and other receivables due in more than one year.

4. OPERATING (LOSS)/PROFIT
a) Operating (loss)/profit has been arrived at after charging:

Separately disclosed items (note 6)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 12)
Amortisation of right-of-use assets (note 13)
Amortisation of intangible assets (note 15)
Impairment of goodwill (note 14)
Impairment of intangible assets (note 15)
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Minimum lease payments recognised as an operating lease expense (note 13)
Charge/(release) for bad and doubtful trade receivables (note 17)

1 January
2021
£m

3 January
2020
£m

–
2.8
9.5
17.6
16.6
5.6
(0.2)
0.3
3.6

4.9
3.2
9.0
17.2
1.6
5.4
0.2
1.9
(1.2)

operating profit is stated net of £7.4m income received from governments globally in respect of various support schemes 
following the Covid-19 pandemic.

b) Auditor’s remuneration

Fees payable to the auditor for the audit of the Group’s annual financial statements
Fees payable to the Group’s auditor and their associates for other services:
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Total

5. EMPLOYMENT COSTS
a) Employees (including Directors) whose costs are included in administrative expenses
Costs of employment

Wages, salaries and bonuses
Social security costs
Expenses related to defined contribution plan

Total

1 January
2021
£m

3 January
2020
£m

0.3

0.8

1.1

1 January
2021
£m

134.3
12.2
3.4

149.9

0.2

0.7

0.9

3 January
2020
£m

155.5
14.9
3.2

173.6

Page_84

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSMonthly average number of employees

Global Talent Acquisition and Managed Workforce Solutions
Global Specialist Staffing
Regional Specialist Staffing
Healthcare
Corporate staff (including Directors)

Total

1 January
2021
Number

745
396
1,006
588
8

2,743

3 January
2020
Number

808
448
1,197
669
11

3,133

The table above includes a monthly average of 262 staff who were placed on furlough during the period.

b) Employees whose costs are included in cost of sales
In addition to the above, the Group employs some of the staff who are supplied to clients and whose costs are part of the 
Group’s cost of sales.

Costs of employment

Wages, salaries and bonuses
Social security costs
Expenses related to defined contribution plan

Total

1 January 
2021
£m

557.4
40.1
2.3

599.8

3 January 
2020
£m

577.7
41.0
2.1

620.8

The costs above are net of government grants in respect to job support schemes that have been administered for staff 
supplied to clients. A prior year adjustment has been made to social security costs following the calculation this year which 
revealed that £22.3m of expenses within cost of sales had been omitted from the disclosure.

Monthly average number of employees

Global Talent Acquisition and Managed Workforce Solutions
Global Specialist Staffing
Regional Specialist Staffing

Total

c) Information on Directors’ remuneration
The total emoluments for all Directors during the period were:

Emoluments (including benefits)
Contribution to defined contribution pension plans

Total emoluments excluding pension contributions:

Lord M Ashcroft
J Robertson
T Briant
AE Entwistle
ME Ettling
M Laurie
Baroness T Stowell

Total

1 January 
2021
Number

4,730
1,338
12,476

18,544

1 January 
2021
£000

1,102
91

1,193

3 January 
2020
Number

6,399
1,550
14,107

22,056

3 January 
2020
£000

684
68

752

1 January 
2021
£000

3 January 
2020
£000

46
544
358
38
40
38
38

1,102

42
477
–
40
45
40
40

684

Page_85

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

5. EMPLOYMENT COSTS CoNTINUED
Pension contributions

J Robertson
T Briant

All pension payments relate to defined contribution schemes.

The emoluments of the highest paid Director during the period were:

Emoluments (including benefits)
Pension contributions

1 January 
2021
£000

3 January 
2020
£000

68
23

91

68
–

68

1 January 
2021
£000

544
68

612

3 January 
2020
£000

477
68

545

The total emoluments for J Robertson and T Briant include benefits, both non-cash and cash, to the value of £95,000 
(2019: £95,000) and £36,000 (2019: £nil) respectively, and bonuses for J Robertson and T Briant of £90,000 (2019: £nil) and 
£83,000 (2019: £nil) respectively. The £38,000 (2019: £40,000) paid for the services of AE Entwistle as a Non-Executive 
Director is paid to Deacon Street Partners Limited. No Director has been in receipt of either a loan from the Group or a long- 
term incentive plan in the current or prior periods.

6. SEPARATELY DISCLOSED ITEMS

Group transformation costs(a)
Group demerger costs(b) 
Adjustments to contingent consideration(c)
Legal claim costs(d)

Total included in operating (loss)/profit

Finance expense – separately disclosed(e)

1 January 
2021
£m

3 January 
2020
£m

–
–
–
–

–

–

3.8
0.7
(0.3)
0.7

4.9

0.9

a)  In 2019 the Group commenced a transformation programme looking at all aspects of the business including structure, people, IT and individual businesses. These costs are one-off in 

nature and have been disclosed in order not to distort the underlying trading performance of the business.

b) The Group demerged Carlisle Support Services Group in 2019, incurring costs of £0.7m. These costs are one-off in nature and have been disclosed in order not to distort the underlying 

trading performance of the business.

c)  Contingent consideration payments linked to individuals’ continuing employment in the business generated a £0.3m credit in relation to the acquisition of Global Group (UK) Ltd (2015: 

£0.5m). These are of such significance that they are shown separately so as to not distort the reporting of the underlying performance of the respective businesses.

d) In 2018 the Group had an ongoing litigation matter for which a provision for settlement and associated legal costs of £3.0m has been made. Following further legal advice, in 2019 the 
provision has been reduced to £1.0m. The Group is also considering a settlement in relation to a contract for which a provision of £2.3m has been made. These are disclosed separately 
due to their one-off nature and significance.

e)  Finance costs previously capitalised have been written off due to the negotiation of a new revolving credit facility during the period.

The Group has allocated separately disclosed items into the comparative results, rather than showing them separately as in 
the prior year, as this is now considered a more inclusive view of the segmental results for the period. 

7. TOTAL FINANCE INCOME

Bank interest receivable
Interest on lease debtors

Total finance income

Page_86

1 January 
2021
£m

3 January 
2020
£m

0.2
0.1

0.3

0.5
0.3

0.8

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS8. TOTAL FINANCE EXPENSE

Revolving credit facilities
Write off capitalised finance costs (note 6)
Lease interest payable
Unwind discount on provisions
other interest expense

Total finance expense

9. TAXATION
a) Tax charge in the income statement

Current income tax

UK Corporation Tax on results for the period
Adjustments in respect of previous periods

Foreign tax in the period
Adjustments in respect of previous periods

Total current income tax
Deferred tax credit

Total tax charge in the income statement

The deferred tax credit comprises the following:

Utilisation of tax losses brought forward
Recognition of assets not previously recognised
origination and reversal of other temporary differences
Change in tax rate used for deferred tax carried forward
Adjustment in respect of previous periods

Total deferred tax credit (note 23)

1 January 
2021
£m

3 January 
2020
£m

4.4
–
0.8
0.3
0.2

5.7

6.5
0.9
1.3
–
0.3

9.0

1 January 
2021
£m

3 January 
2020
£m

0.8
(0.9)

(0.1)
2.1
(0.8)

1.2
(0.2)

1.0

0.8
(0.1)

0.7
1.3
–

2.0
(1.1)

0.9

1 January 
2021
£m

3 January 
2020
£m

5.4
–
(7.6)
1.6
0.4

(0.2)

2.4
(3.0)
(0.1)
(0.2)
(0.2)

(1.1)

b) Reconciliation of the total tax charge
The standard rate of Corporation Tax in the UK is 19%. Accordingly, the Group’s result from this period is taxed at an effective 
rate of 19.0% (2019: 19.0%). The tax charge for the period is £0.6m (2019: £0.9m) for the Group. A tax reconciliation explaining 
differences from the expected statutory rate is summarised below:

Tax charge at UK standard rate
Differences in tax rates in other countries
(Income)/expenses not taxable/allowable in determining taxable profits
Losses in period carried forward but not recognised as assets
Recognition of losses not previously recognised (note 23)
Change in tax rate used for deferred tax carried forward
Adjustments to deferred tax in respect of previous periods
Adjustments in respect of previous periods

Effective total tax rate

1 January 
2021
%

3 January 
2020
%

19.0
(1.2)
(22.8)
1.2
–
(7.7)
(1.8)
8.4

(4.9)

19.0
8.9
43.5
5.8
(52.6)
(3.2)
(4.4)
(1.2)

15.8

Income not taxable in determining taxable profits is comprised of various adjustments in respect of items not treated as 
taxable under local tax rules (such as non-deductible interest and capital costs in administrative expenses), plus expenses 
previously added back as non-deductible being treated as allowed for tax.

Page_87

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

9. TAXATION CoNTINUED
Adjustments in respect of previous periods (current and deferred) arise as a result of a reduction in non-tax-deductible 
expenses and estimated timing differences in the prior year filed UK tax returns. See note 23 for an explanation of deferred 
tax balances.

Factors affecting tax charges in future periods
A change to the main UK Corporation Tax rate was substantively enacted on 17 March 2020. The rate applicable from 1 April 
2020 now remains at 19%, rather than the previously enacted reduction to 17%. The UK deferred tax balances at 1 January 
2021 have been calculated at 19%, as the relevant rate enacted at the balance sheet date.

on 3 March 2021 it was announced that the UK Corporate Tax rate would increase to 25% from 1 April 2023. This is likely to 
result in an increase in the Group’s UK tax charge from that date. UK deferred tax balances will also be calculated at the 
increased rate from that date. The most significant impact on this is expected to be in relation to the deferred tax liability 
carried on intangible assets. Based on the current net book value of intangible assets and the related expected future 
amortisation charge to 1 April 2023, the deferred tax liability is expected to increase by approximately £2.5m.

10. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the profit for the period attributable to the owners of the 
Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated on the same basis but after adjusting the denominator for the effects of 
dilutive options. The only dilutive effect relates to 19,841 shares owned by The Corporate Services Group Ltd Employee Share 
Trust which hold the shares remaining after various historic option plans lapsed. Excluding these shares, the weighted average 
number of shares in 2020 is 46,208,380 (2019: 48,543,107) and the fully diluted average number of shares is 46,228,221 
(2019: 48,562,948). The calculations of both basic and diluted earnings per share (‘EPS’) are based upon the following 
consolidated income statement data:

Continuing profit for the period
Discontinued profit for the period

Profit for the period
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangible assets (net of tax)
Acquired intangibles amortisation (net of tax)

Total adjusted profit for the period

Continuing adjusted profit
Discontinued adjusted profit

EPS – basic calculation

Continuing unadjusted basic earnings per share
Discontinued unadjusted basic earnings per share

Total unadjusted basic earnings per share
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangible assets (net of tax)
Customer relationship and brand amortisation (net of tax)

Adjusted basic earnings per share1

Continuing adjusted basic earnings per share
Discontinued adjusted basic earnings per share

1 January 
2021
£m

(Restated)
3 January 
2020
£m

(21.4)
–

(21.4)
16.6
4.5
8.6

8.3

8.3
–

4.8
0.7

5.5
1.6
4.4
8.2

19.7

19.0
0.7

1 January 
2021
Pence

(Restated)
3 January 
2020
Pence

(46.2)
–

(46.2)
36.0
9.8
18.6

18.2

18.2
–

9.8
1.4

11.2
3.3
9.2
16.9

40.6

39.2
1.4

1  Additional earnings per share calculations have been presented in order to provide information on the underlying performance of the Group before impairment of goodwill and 

intangible assets and the amortisation of customer relationships and brands.

Page_88

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEPS – diluted calculation

Continuing unadjusted diluted earnings per share
Discontinued unadjusted diluted earnings per share

Total unadjusted diluted earnings per share
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangible assets (net of tax)
Customer relationship and brand amortisation (net of tax)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share1

Continuing adjusted diluted earnings per share
Discontinued adjusted diluted earnings per share

1 January 
2021
Pence

(Restated)
3 January 
2020
Pence

(46.2)
–

(46.2)
36.0
9.8
18.6

18.2

18.2
–

9.8
1.4

11.2
3.3
9.2
16.9

40.6

39.2
1.4

1  Additional earnings per share calculations have been presented in order to provide information on the underlying performance of the Group before impairment of goodwill and 

intangible assets and the amortisation of customer relationships and brands.

11. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
In March 2019 the Group demerged Carlisle Support Services Group Ltd and its subsidiaries (‘CSS’) by way of a dividend-in-
specie and, as such, the demerger was accounted for through reserves.

The CSS segment was not previously classified as held-for-sale or as a discontinued operation as, at the release of the 2018 
results, no decision had been made as to the disposal of the segment. The comparative consolidated statement of profit 
or loss and consolidated statement of comprehensive income has been re-presented to show the discontinued operation 
separately from continuing operations.

Subsequent to the disposal, the Group has continued to trade with the discontinued operation. Intra-Group transactions 
have been fully eliminated in the consolidated financial results and management has elected not to attribute the elimination 
of transactions between the continuing operations and the discontinued operation before the disposal as the level of this 
is small in comparison to the total trade of both the continuing and discontinued operation.

Results from discontinued operations

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Administrative expenses

Profit from operating activities
Taxation 

Profit from discontinued operations

Cash flows relating to discontinued operations

Net cash generated by operating activities
Net cash (outflow) from financing activities

Net cash flows for discontinued operations

3 January
2020
£m

9.6
(8.7)

0.9
(0.2)

0.7
–

0.7

3 January
2020
£m

0.5
(0.1)

0.4

Page_89

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

11. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS CoNTINUED
Effect of disposal on the financial position of the Group

Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other payables
Defined benefit pension asset
Lease liabilities

Net assets and liabilities

on disposal
£m

0.5
4.8
0.3
9.0
2.5
(8.8)
0.1
(0.3)

8.1

The demerger charge of £9.8m is comprised of the net assets disposed of (£8.1m) and the value of the intercompany amounts 
(£1.7m).

12. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Net carrying value – 5 January 2019

Cost – 5 January 2019
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Cost – 3 January 2020

Accumulated depreciation – 5 January 2019
Charge for the period
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Accumulated depreciation – 3 January 2020

Net carrying value – 3 January 2020

Cost – 4 January 2020
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Cost – 1 January 2021

Accumulated depreciation – 4 January 2020
Charge for the period
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Accumulated depreciation – 1 January 2021

Net carrying value – 1 January 2021

Freehold 
property
£m

Short leasehold 
property
£m

Furniture, fixtures 
and fittings
£m

Computer 
equipment
£m

0.2

0.2
–
–
–

0.2

–
–
–
–

–

0.2

0.2
–
–
–

0.2

–
–
–
–

–

0.2

1.5

2.6
0.5
(0.2)
(0.1)

2.8

1.1
0.6
(0.2) 
–

1.5

1.3

2.8
0.2
(0.1)
0.1

3.0

1.5
0.4
(0.1)
0.1

1.9

1.1

2.9

6.8
2.0
(0.9)
–

7.9

3.9
1.3
(0.7)
–

4.5

3.4

7.9
0.6
(1.0)
–

7.5

4.5
1.3
(1.0)
–

4.8

2.7

2.1

6.1
1.1
(0.5)
(0.2)

6.5

4.0
1.3
(0.4)
(0.1)

4.8

1.7

6.5
0.4
(1.6)
0.1

5.4

4.8
1.1
(1.6)
–

4.3

1.1

Total
£m

6.7

15.7
3.6
(1.6)
(0.3)

17.4

9.0
3.2
(1.3)
(0.1)

10.8

6.6

17.4
1.2
(2.7)
0.2

16.1

10.8
2.8
(2.7)
0.1

11.0

5.1

Included in computer equipment are assets with net carrying value of £0.2m (2019: £0.3m) held under a finance lease. 
Depreciation of £0.1m (2019: £0.1m) was charged on these assets.

Page_90

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS13. LEASES
During the period, the Group accounted for 149 leased properties (2019: 157) under IFRS 16 across the jurisdictions in which it 
operates. In some jurisdictions it is customary for lease contracts to provide for payments to increase each year by inflation or 
at a fixed rate and in others to be reset periodically to market rental rates, whilst in others the periodic rent is fixed over the 
lease term. Some leases have provisions for early termination (see lease end dates judgements 2(B)i). The Group also leased 
125 vehicles (2019: 201), all of which have a fixed lease fee over the term. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate 
used to calculate the lease liability was 2.80% (2019: 3.15%).

of the 149 property leases accounted for under IFRS 16 during the period, 10% recognised future uplifts in rent. Should the 
lease payments on these increase by 5% there could be a resulting increase in the right-of-use asset of £0.3m. 
Following the publication on the amendment to IFRS 16 in relation to rent concessions, the Group has applied the practical 
expedient in all cases where the relevant conditions were met. These concessions totalled a credit to the result for the period 
of £0.1m. Changes in leases which do not fulfil the criteria of the practical expedient have been treated as additions or 
disposals in line with normal IFRS 16 accounting.

A prior year adjustment has been made affecting cost and liabilities which relates to the impact of modifications to leases 
which were effective from dates during 2020 which should have been reflected in the 2019 financial statements. The 
adjustment resulted in an increase of £2.2m to right-of-use assets, £2.1m to lease liabilities and £0.1m to property provisions 
(see note 22). The adjustment had no effect on balances at 4 January 2019. A prior year adjustment has also been made to 
reclassify the receipts from lease debtors within the cash flow statement from financing activities to investing activities to 
better reflect the nature of these amounts in line with IAS 7. There is no impact to the results or balance sheet position from 
this reclassification.

Right-of-use assets

Net carrying value – 4 January 2019

Cost – 5 January 2019
Additions – restated
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Cost – 3 January 2020 – restated

Accumulated depreciation – 5 January 2019
Charge for the period
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Accumulated depreciation – 3 January 2020

Net carrying value – 3 January 2020 – restated

Cost – 4 January 2020 – restated
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Cost – 1 January 2021

Accumulated depreciation – 4 January 2020
Charge for the period
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Accumulated depreciation – 1 January 2021

Net carrying value – 1 January 2021

Land and 
buildings
£m

Vehicles
£m

–

39.8
6.5
(11.2)
(0.2)

34.9

–
8.5
(0.2)
–

8.3

26.6

34.9
5.0
(4.6)
–

35.3

8.3
8.9
(2.8)
–

14.4

20.9

–

1.4
0.4
(0.4)
–

1.4

–
0.5
(0.1)
–

0.4

1.0

1.4
–
(0.2)
–

1.2

0.4
0.6
(0.2)
–

0.8

0.4

Total
£m

–

41.2
6.9
(11.6)
(0.2)

36.3

–
9.0
(0.3)
–

8.7

27.6

36.3
5.0
(4.8)
–

36.5

8.7
9.5
(3.0)
–

15.2

21.3

£1.4m (2019: £10.4m) of the disposals relate to the de-recognition of lease assets of various Group properties which have been 
sub-let on similar terms for the remaining period of the lease. Such disposals have been recognised as lease receivables. 

Page_91

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

13. LEASES CoNTINUED 
Lease receivables

Net carrying value – 4 January 2019

on adoption
Interest
Receipts
Foreign exchange

Net carrying value – 3 January 2020

Additions
Interest
Receipts
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Net carrying value – 1 January 2021

Due in year 1
Due in year 2
Due in year 3
Due in year 4

Undiscounted lease payments

Unearned finance income

Total lease receivables (note 17)

Current
Non-current

Total lease receivables (note 17)

Lease liabilities

Net carrying value – 4 January 2019

on adoption
Additions – restated
Interest
Payments
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Net carrying value – 3 January 2020 – restated

Additions
Interest
Payments
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Net carrying value – 1 January 2021

Page_92

Land and 
buildings
£m

Vehicles
£m

–

10.4
0.3
(2.9)
(0.5)

7.3

1.4
0.1
(3.2)
(1.4)
0.1

4.3

–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

Total
£m

–

10.4
0.3
(2.9)
(0.5)

7.3

1.4
0.1
(3.2)
(1.4)
0.1

4.3

1 January
2021
£m

3 January
2020
£m

2.5
1.3
0.7
–

4.5

(0.2)

4.3

2.9
1.9
1.9
1.0

7.7

(0.4)

7.3

1 January
2021
£m

3 January
2020
£m

2.4
1.9

4.3

Land and 
buildings
£m

Vehicles
£m

–

37.9
6.0
1.2
(11.5)
–
(0.8)

32.8

6.1
0.8
(10.8)
(3.0)
0.3

26.2

–

1.4
0.4
0.1
(0.6)
(0.3)
–

1.0

–
–
(0.7)
–
–

0.3

2.7
4.6

7.3

Total
£m

–

39.3
6.4
1.3
(12.1)
(0.3)
(0.8)

33.8

6.1
0.8
(11.5)
(3.0)
0.3

26.5

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCurrent
Non-current

Total lease liabilities (notes 28 and 29)

1 January
2021
£m

9.2
17.3

26.5

(Restated)
3 January
2020
£m

10.7
23.1

33.8

Included in operating lease expenditure for 2020 are expenses relating to leases which have not been recognised under 
IFRS 16. The value of expense recognised for low-value leases for the period is £0.3m (2019: £0.2m) and for short-term leases is 
£nil (2019: £1.6m).

14. GOODWILL

Opening balance at 4 January 2019
Additions in the period
Impairment in the period
Disposals in the period
Foreign exchange and other movements

Closing balance at 3 January 2020

Impairment in the period
Foreign exchange and other movements

Closing balance at 1 January 2021

Cost
£m

Impairment
£m

Net carrying value
£m

178.8
0.3
–
(18.8)
(2.1)

158.2

–
(2.3)

155.9

(22.6)
–
(1.6)
14.0
–

(10.2)

(16.6)
–

(26.8)

156.2
0.3
(1.6)
(4.8)
(2.1)

148.0

(16.6)
(2.3)

129.1

Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated for impairment testing purposes to nine principal 
cash-generating unit (‘CGU’) groups as follows:
•  Education
•  Engineering
•  Healthcare
• 
•  online platform
•  Science and clinical
•  UK General staffing
•  US Staffing
•  Vendor procurement

Information technology

Foreign exchange and other movements to goodwill arises from the retranslation of goodwill balances held in foreign 
currencies relating to the acquisition of Bartech Holdings Corporation, in the US Staffing CGU.

The £14.0m provision release in 2019 relates to an historic impairment of the goodwill of the Support Services CGU. This was 
released as the entire CGU was demerged during the period.

Due to the challenging trading period as a result of Covid-19, an impairment of £14.3m was recognised against the Information 
technology CGU which is in the Global Specialist Staffing reporting segment. Just under £2.1m was recognised against the 
Engineering CGU and just under £0.3m against the online platform CGU, both of which are in the Regional Specialist Staffing 
reporting segment. An impairment of £5.6m (2019: £3.4m) was also recognised against the brand value of the Education CGU 
(note 15). As noted, these impairments have been driven by Covid-19 and the subsequent revisions to our assumptions on 
discount factors, which have increased due to changes in the risk premium, and future growth assumptions.

Page_93

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

14. GOODWILL CoNTINUED 
The carrying amount of goodwill and other indefinite assets allocated to cash-generating units at the period end is:

Engineering
Healthcare
Information technology
online platform
Science and clinical
UK General staffing
US Staffing

Total

1 January
2021
£m

3 January
2020
£m

–
7.9
11.4
–
8.5
28.6
72.7

2.1
7.9
25.7
0.3
8.5
28.6
74.9

129.1

148.0

The recoverable amount of the Information technology CGU is £48.6m, the Engineering CGU is £12.9m, the Education CGU is 
£3.2m and the online platform CGU is £nil using the value-in-use model. The Group tests this and other assets (note 15) for 
impairment on an annual basis, and otherwise when changes in events or situations indicate that the carrying value may not be 
recoverable. If such a test indicates that the carrying amount is too high, a recoverable amount is established for the asset, 
which is the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value in use.

The recoverable amount for each of the above CGUs has been determined based upon a value-in-use calculation. Value-in-use 
is established by discounting anticipated future cash flows attributable to each CGU that goodwill has been allocated to. 
Pre-tax cash flow projections are based on financial budgets approved by the Board covering the next financial period and 
high level management forecasts for the following four years. 

Key assumptions
The key assumptions are based upon a combination of market data tempered by our own historical experience. The calculation 
of value-in-use is most sensitive to the following assumptions:
•  Gross profit – this takes the average gross profit achieved in the two years preceding the start of the five plan years and 
adjusts, as appropriate, for anticipated changes to business mix and market conditions over the five plan years and range 
from 5.1% to 27.9% depending on the CGU;

•  Discount rate – this reflects the Directors’ estimate of an appropriate market rate of return taking into account the relevant 
risk factors; this has been adjusted to reflect current and expected future economic conditions as well as to account for 
geographic influences (see table below for rates);

•  Growth rate used to extrapolate beyond the plan year and terminal values are based upon the long-term average growth 
rate of the UK and US economies and range from 2.0% to 15.0% depending on how long it is anticipated the CGU will take 
to recover from the impacts of Covid-19. Management recognises that the staffing and support services market growth 
rates fluctuate both above and below this rate; and

•  Terminal value growth rate – the cash flow projections include growth rates that are not expected to exceed the long-term 

growth rates of the UK and US economies, currently 2.0% (2019: 2.0%).

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
The impairment calculation is sensitive to changes in the above assumptions. Sensitivity analyses were performed over each 
subsidiary CGU to model the effects of adverse changes in the forecasts and growth assumptions. The table below shows how 
the results of the impairment tests for each significant CGU (being those subject to impairment, having limited excess of 
recoverable amount over carrying amount, or representing a substantial amount of the total goodwill) would be impacted 
(with all other variables being equal) by an increase in discount rate of 0.5% or a decrease of 0.5% in the long-term growth 
rate. The impact of all of the scenarios together has also been considered and is disclosed in the final column.

Page_94

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEducation
Healthcare
Information technology
Science and clinical
UK General staffing
US Staffing

Excess of 
recoverable 
amount over 
carrying value
£m

1.4
2.5
7.5
14.7
19.0
46.4

Pre-tax 
discount rate

0.5% increase 
in discount rate 
£m

Long-term 
growth rates 
decrease by 0.5% 
£m

Increase in 
impairment using 
combined 
sensitivity
£m

Combined 
sensitivity
£m

14.9%
14.9%
14.9%
14.9%
14.9%
18.0%

(0.2)
(1.4)
(2.4)
(1.8)
(5.7)
(5.0)

(0.9)
(6.8)
(4.1)
(2.6)
(10.1)
(12.7)

(1.1)
(7.8)
(6.2)
(4.2)
(15.0)
(16.9)

–
(5.3)
–
–
–
–

The pre-tax discount rate used for management’s best estimates in 2019 was between 14.0% and 18.7%. Management 
continue to monitor closely the performance of all CGUs and consider the impact of any changes to the key assumptions.

In conclusion, other than disclosed above with regard to the CGU impaired in the year, management believes there is no 
reasonable possible change in the underlying assumptions that would result in a further significant impairment charge in the 
consolidated income statement.

15. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Net carrying value – 4 January 2019

Cost – 5 January 2019

Additions
on acquisition
Disposals
Impairment
Foreign exchange

Cost – 3 January 2020

Accumulated amortisation – 5 January 2019
Charge for the period
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Accumulated amortisation – 3 January 2020

Net carrying value – 3 January 2020

Cost – 4 January 2020
Additions
Disposals
Impairment
Foreign exchange

Cost – 1 January 2021

Accumulated amortisation – 4 January 2020
Charge for the period
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Accumulated amortisation – 1 January 2021

Net carrying value – 1 January 2021

Software
£m

Brand values
£m

Client 
relationships
£m

16.6

28.6

6.8
3.2
(1.8)
(2.0)
(0.1)

34.7

12.0
7.0
(1.6)
(0.1)

17.3

17.4

34.7
2.3
(1.3)
–
(0.2)

35.5

17.3
6.6
(1.3)
–

22.6

12.9

87.9

88.4

–
–
–
(3.4)
(0.4)

84.6

0.5
6.3
–
–

6.8

77.8

84.6
–
–
(5.6)
(0.5)

78.5

6.8
6.1
–
(0.2)

12.7

65.8

26.6

55.1

–
–
–
–
(0.4)

54.7

28.5
3.9
–
(0.3)

32.1

22.6

54.7
–
–
–
(0.5)

54.2

32.1
4.9
–
(0.3)

36.7

17.5

Total
£m

131.1

172.1

6.8
3.2
(1.8)
(5.4)
(0.9)

174.0

41.0
17.2
(1.6)
(0.4)

56.2

117.8

174.0
2.3
(1.3)
(5.6)
(1.2)

168.2

56.2
17.6
(1.3)
(0.5)

72.0

96.2

Included in software additions for the 52 weeks ended 1 January 2021 are internally generated software development costs 
of £0.7m (2019: £3.4m) which have been capitalised at cost. These costs have been assessed as having a finite life of between 
three and five years (2019: three and five years) and are amortised, from the date the software is available for use, on 
a straight-line basis over this period. 

Page_95

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

15. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS CoNTINUED
Client relationships have resulted from business combinations and have been assessed as having a finite life of ten years. 
They are amortised, from the date of acquisition, on a straight-line basis over this period.

Brand values have resulted from business combinations and have been assessed as having a finite life of between three 
and 20 years depending on the prominence of the brand. They are amortised on a straight-line basis over this period.

These assets are all reviewed for impairment when there are changes in events or situations that indicate the carrying value 
may not be recoverable. Details of the sensitivities over such impairment reviews are included in note 14.

Following on from the challenging trading performance around the Education CGU an impairment of £5.6m (2019: £3.4m) was 
recognised against the value of the Education brand values which are within the Regional Specialist Staffing reporting 
segment.

16. FINANCIAL ASSETS

Financial assets – non-current
Marketable investments designated at fair value through the income statement

Other financial assets (loans and receivables) – non-current
Deposits with non-financial institutions

Total

1 January
2021
£m

3 January
2020
£m

1.2

0.4

1.6

1.0

0.5

1.5

Financial assets include:
•  The marketable investments at fair value through the income statement represent investments held in trust on behalf 
of certain US employees (see note 2(P)). The plan allows certain key employees to defer receipt of a portion of their 
compensation. These deferred compensation liabilities are funded by making contributions into a trust. The employees’ 
entitlements are limited to the market value of the fund. Investments in the trust comprise shares in US mutual funds. 
At 1 January 2021, these investments have been adjusted to the market value of £1.2m (2019: £1.0m). This movement 
is matched by an equivalent movement in other payables as disclosed in note 19; and

•  Deposits with non-financial institutions represent amounts held by suppliers, clients and landlords as security for provision 

of facilities and services.

Information on fair values and credit risks is given in notes 29 and 30.

17. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Current assets

Trade receivables (note 2(J))
other receivables
Lease debtor (note 13)
Prepayments
Contract assets

Total

1 January
2021
£m

496.5
5.1
2.4
5.5
54.4

563.9

3 January
2020
£m

511.7
2.3
2.7
6.9
51.1

574.7

•  Trade receivables also include gross receivables of £274.7m (2019: £231.7m) under master-vendor agency arrangements in 
the UK and US where the Group only recognises the management fee element of the receivable as revenue – note 2(R); 

•  Contract assets comprise accrued income and costs incurred in the implementation of new contracts; and
•  The above trade and other receivables fall into the ‘loans and receivables’ category of the Group’s financial assets. 

Page_96

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Non-current assets

Contract assets
Lease debtor (note 13)

Total

Information on fair values and credit risks is given in notes 29 and 30.

Contract balances

At the beginning of the period
Net amounts recognised as revenue in the period

At the end of the period

1 January
2021
£m

1.4
1.9

3.3

3 January
2020
£m

1.1
4.6

5.7

Contract assets

1 January 
2021
£m

52.2
3.6

55.8

3 January 
2020 
£m

69.0
(16.8)

52.2

Contract assets are included within ‘trade and other receivables’ on the face of the statement of financial position. Contract 
assets comprise accrued income and costs incurred in the implementation of new contracts (note 2(J)).

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss 
provision for trade receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables 
and contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics 
to the trade receivables for similar types of contracts.

The expected loss provision is based on the Group’s expectation of future credit losses over the current receivables balance. 
These expectations are based upon known issues effecting specific debtors as well as general forward-looking information on 
factors affecting the Group’s customers as a whole as well as an awareness of the economic conditions in the countries where 
the Group operates. These risk factors are considered both on initial recognition of the receivable and as part of the ongoing 
assessment. If there has been a significant increase in the credit risk since the initial recognition then an increased loss 
provision is recognised.

The lifetime expected loss provision for trade receivables is as follows:

3 January 2020

Expected loss rate (%)
Gross carrying amount

Loss provision

1 January 2021

Expected loss rate (%)
Gross carrying amount

Loss provision

Current
£m

0.1%
437.1

0.2

Current
£m

0.3%
428.5

1.4

<60 days
past due
£m

1.8%
56.6

1.0

<60 days
past due
£m

4.5%
51.0

2.3

60–120 days 
past due
£m

4.3%
7.0

0.3

60–120 days 
past due
£m

7.3%
6.1

0.4

>120 days 
past due
£m

5.3%
13.2

0.7

>120 days 
past due
£m

6.3%
16.1

1.1

Total
£m

0.4%
513.9

2.2

Total
£m

1.0%
501.7

5.2

All non-current receivables are due within three years of the end of the period. None of those receivables has been subject to 
a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition and, consequently, 12-month expected credit losses have been 
recognised, and there are no non-current receivable balances lifetime expected credit losses.

Page_97

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

17. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES CoNTINUED 
Movements in the provision for impairment of trade receivables were as follows:

Balance at beginning of period
Charged/(released) for the period
Utilised for the period
Foreign exchange

Balance at end of period

1 January
2021
£m

3 January
2020
£m

2.2
3.6
(0.5)
(0.1)

5.2

3.4
(1.2)
–
–

2.2

The creation and release of provisions for impaired trade receivables have been included in ‘administrative expenses’ in the 
income statement. Amounts are generally written off to the provision account where there is no expectation of recovery. 

Included in the Group’s receivables are the following balances denominated in foreign currency:

Trade receivables (note 2(J))
other receivables
Lease debtors
Prepayments
Accrued income

Total

1 January
2021
£m

312.9
3.9
4.1
2.3
15.8

339.0

3 January
2020
£m

285.9
2.0
7.2
4.7
16.4

316.2

18. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following:

Cash

Included within cash is £2.5m (2019: £1.6m) of cash which has restrictions on its use.

Information on fair values, credit risks and interest rates is given in notes 29 and 30.

19. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Current liabilities

Bank overdraft
Trade payables
other tax and social security costs
Accruals
Contract liabilities
other payables

Total

1 January
2021
£m

117.9

3 January
2020
£m

132.3

1 January
2021
£m

2.9
375.2
86.5
54.7
0.6
38.1

558.0

(Restated)
3 January
2020
£m

39.0
366.7
47.2
44.5
0.4
52.6

550.4

Trade payables include £341.0m (2019: £324.5m) of amounts payable under master-vendor arrangements in the UK and US, 
which are related to certain of the trade receivables – note 17. Arrangements are such that the payable amount is not due 
by the Group until a few days after receipt of the receivable.

other tax and social security costs include £48.0m of taxes deferred under government schemes across various jurisdictions. 

Page_98

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIncluded in other payables and accruals are:
•  £1.2m (2019: £1.0m) in respect of liabilities accruing to certain US employees in respect of a deferred compensation plan. 

These amounts are payable to members of the plan on retirement (note 16);

•  £3.5m (2019: £2.3m) for contributions due to be made to defined contribution pension schemes on behalf of certain 

employees of the Group; 

•  £4.2m (2019: £4.4m) for customer unclaimed payments, which includes a re-analysis of £4.2m from trade payables in the 

prior period; and

•  Remaining amounts within other payables are largely payroll-related creditors.

Terms and conditions of the above financial liabilities:
•  Trade payables are non-interest-bearing and are normally settled within one month from the end of the month of invoice;
•  other tax and social security costs are non-interest-bearing and are normally settled within one to three months; and
•  other payables and accruals are non-interest-bearing and have an average term of three months.

Non-current liability

other payables

Total

1 January
2021
£m

–

–

3 January
2020
£m

1.6

1.6

• 

Included in other payables is £nil (2019: £1.6m) representing monies held on deposit from a client relating to a 
sub-let property.

Information on fair values and credit risks is given in notes 29 and 30.

20. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:
Revolving credit borrowings – secured
Hire purchase – secured 

Total

Information on fair values, credit risks, interest rates and security is given in notes 29 and 30.

21. LONG-TERM BORROWINGS

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:
Revolving credit borrowings – secured
Hire purchase – secured 

Total

Information on fair values, credit risks, interest rates and security is given in notes 29 and 30.

1 January
2021
£m

3 January
2020
£m

–
0.1

0.1

24.6
0.1

24.7

1 January
2021
£m

118.9
0.1

119.0

3 January
2020
£m

140.7
0.2

140.9

Page_99

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

22. PROVISIONS

Current – 3 January 2020
Non-current – 3 January 2020 – restated (see note 13)

At 3 January 2020 – restated (see note 13)

Additions in the period
Reversals of unused amounts
Utilised during the period
Unwind of discount
Foreign exchange

At 1 January 2021

Current – 1 January 2021
Non-current – 1 January 2021

Total

Property
£m

Workers’ 
compensation
£m

0.8
3.9

4.7

0.4
(0.2)
(0.5)
0.3
–

4.7

1.4
3.3

4.7

0.5
–

0.5

0.2
–
(0.5)
–
–

0.2

0.2
–

0.2

Legal
£m

2.3
1.6

3.9

1.7
–
–
–
–

5.6

5.6
–

5.6

Total
£m

3.6
5.5

9.1

2.3
(0.2)
(1.0)
0.3
–

10.5

7.2
3.3

10.5

Property
Property provisions relate to the full expected cost of dilapidations and have been discounted to a present value using the 
relevant lease interest rate. 

Workers’ compensation
The US operations maintain, or maintained, insurance policies with significant excesses, below which claims are borne by the 
operations. Provision is made for estimated costs of claims or losses arising from past events.

The level of provision made is based upon independent actuarial estimates. These estimates take into account the ultimate 
cost, less amounts paid to date, in respect of accidents occurring between the inception of the policy and the end of the 
current period, the period covered by these self-insurance arrangements. An allowance is made for claims incurred but not 
reported in line with standard actuarial practice.

Claims are expected to be settled between one and five years.

Legal
The Group holds a provision for expected legal and contractual costs that are probable to cause an outflow of resources over 
an extended period. Management exercises judgements to determine the amount of this provision on a case-by-case basis. 
Provision is made for known issues based on past experience of similar items and other known factors. Each provision is 
considered separately, and the amount provided reflects the best estimate of the most likely amount, being the single most 
likely amount in a range of possible outcomes. owing to the inherent uncertainty within many legal proceedings, the amount 
and timings of such outflow could differ significantly from the amount and ageing provided.

With reference to the prejudicial exemption in IAS 37, the Group will not disclose any further information about the 
assumptions for the provision, including any details about current and the expected number of lawsuits and settled claims. 
The disclosure of such information is believed to be detrimental to the Group in connection with the ongoing confidential 
negotiations and could inflict financial losses on the Group and its shareholders.

Contingent liabilities
The Group is aware of a contingent liability in relation to late filing penalties within the US which may become due. To date no 
penalties have been raised for any company in the US due to this issue and all relevant documents have been filed. This has not 
been accounted for as a provision as there are significant uncertainties over the financial impact as well as the likelihood and 
timing of any potential outflow.

Page_100

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS23. DEFERRED TAXATION

Non-current deferred tax assets:
Total deferred tax asset – UK 
Total deferred tax asset – overseas

Total deferred tax asset

Deferred tax liabilities:
Non-current deferred tax liabilities

Total deferred tax liabilities

1 January
2021
£m

3 January
2020
£m

1.9
8.4

10.3

1.6
12.0

13.6

1 January
2021
£m

3 January
2020
£m

18.1

18.1

21.5

21.5

Deferred tax liabilities primarily relate to fair value adjustments on acquisitions.

At 5 January 2019
Recognised in income
Acquired in business combination
Disposal
Foreign exchange

At 3 January 2020

Deferred tax assets – 3 January 2020
Deferred tax liabilities – 3 January 2020

At 4 January 2020
Recognised in income
Foreign exchange

At 1 January 2021

Deferred tax assets – 1 January 2021
Deferred tax liabilities – 1 January 2021

Property, plant
and equipment
£m

Intangible
 assets
£m

Provisions
£m

Tax value of loss 
carry-forwards
£m

Total deferred
taxation
£m

1.1
0.4
–
(0.1)
–

1.4

1.4
–

1.4

1.4
0.1
–

1.5

1.5
–

1.5

(21.1)
1.6
(0.5)
–
–

(20.0)

0.2
(20.2)

(20.0)

(20.0)
2.1
(0.2)

(18.1)

–
(18.1)

(18.1)

3.3
0.1
–
(0.2)
(0.1)

3.1

4.4
(1.3)

3.1

3.1
3.4
(0.2)

6.3

6.3
–

6.3

8.9
(1.0)
–
–
(0.3)

7.6

7.6
–

7.6

7.6
(5.4)
0.3

2.5

2.5
–

2.5

(7.8)
1.1
(0.5)
(0.3)
(0.4)

(7.9)

13.6
(21.5)

(7.9)

(7.9)
0.2
(0.1)

(7.9)

10.3
(18.1)

(7.8)

The Group has gross deductible temporary differences relating to provisions and deferred capital allowances of £33.0m (2019: 
£13.5m). Deferred tax assets of £7.8m (2019: £6.0m) have been recognised in respect of these temporary differences, leaving 
£4.1m (2019: £0.5m) as unrecognised differences. They have no expiry date.

The Group has gross tax losses that arose in the UK of £33.5m (2019: £33.5m) and tax losses that arose outside the UK (mostly 
in the US) of £13.5m (2019: £47.4m) that are available for offset against future taxable profits of the right type arising in the 
companies in which the losses arose. The reduction in tax losses in the US at the end of the current period compared to the 
previous period is due to the utilisation of these losses against taxable profits in the current period. There is no expiry date on 
the UK losses, but the US losses expire between 2028 and 2033. The Group has performed sensitivity analysis on the utilisation 
of US losses looking at forecasts of profitability and these show that the tax losses will be fully utilised within two or three 
years, well in advance of their expiry. All losses are subject to legislation restricting the right to offset them. Deferred tax 
assets of £2.5m (2019: £7.6m) have been recognised as they relate to companies that are trading profitably or can expect to 
have taxable profits in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of UK losses of £33.5m 
(2019: £33.5m) and outside the UK of £1.8m (2019: £11.2m) as they may not be used to offset taxable profits elsewhere in the 
Group and they have either arisen in subsidiaries where future use is uncertain, or are capital losses for which there is limited 
scope for future offset.

Page_101

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

24. ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL

5 January 2019
Shares repurchased

3 January 2020

4 January 2020
Shares repurchased

1 January 2021

Number of
issued 
shares
Millions

49.7
(2.4)

47.3

47.3
(1.4)

45.9

Issued share 
capital
£m

Share premium 
account
£m

Total 
share capital
£m

0.5
–

0.5

0.5
–

0.5

30.1
–

30.1

30.1
–

30.1

30.6
–

30.6

30.6
–

30.6

Dividend and dividend policy
In 2020, 1,413,789 ordinary shares of 1p each (2019: 2,410,855), representing 3.0% (2019: 4.8%) of the opening number of 
issued shares, were repurchased in the market for consideration of £4.3m (2019: £10.8m), and cancelled.

on 27 April 2020 the Board announced the suspension of the share buyback programme, though maintained authority to 
acquire shares on an ad hoc basis if deemed appropriate by the Board. on 30 June 2020, the Company announced it would 
reinstate the Share Purchase Plan for the period to the release of the interim statement and during this period purchased 
77,411 shares at a cost of £0.2m. From 31 July 2020, the Share Purchase Plan was once again suspended, though the Company 
retained the authorities to buy back shares in the future.

on 25 January 2021 the Company announced a new Share Purchase Plan allowing the Company to purchase ordinary shares 
to the value of £0.5m per calendar month up to the date of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting, currently due to be 
held on 29 June 2021.

Impellam Group plc
The Company has no limit to its authorised share capital. The above number represents the number of allotted, fully paid 
shares of 1p in issue.

25. OTHER RESERVES

5 January 2019
Currency translation differences
3 January 2020

4 January 2020
Currency translation differences

1 January 2021

Merger 
reserve
£m

19.0
–
19.0

19.0
–

19.0

other 
reserve
£m

92.2
–
92.2

92.2
–

92.2

Foreign currency 
translation 
reserve
£m

13.4
(4.3)
9.1

9.1
(2.0)

7.1

Total other 
reserves
£m

124.6
(4.3)
120.3

120.3
(2.0)

118.3

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arises under Section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 as a result of the acquisition of Bartech Holding 
Corporation and Lorien Limited using the issue of shares as part consideration. The excess of fair value over nominal value 
of shares is transferred to a merger reserve rather than share premium. This reserve is not distributable.

Page_102

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOther reserve
The other reserve comprises £92.2m contributed surplus arising on a historical demerger transaction (2019: £92.2m). It also 
contains £41,000 contributed surplus arising on a historical demerger transaction and a special reserve arising from the capital
reduction in December 2012 (2019: £41,000); and £47,000 capital redemption reserve arising from the purchase and 
cancellation of treasury shares (2019: £32,000). This reserve is not distributable. 

Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial 
statements of foreign subsidiaries.

26. NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
The following table summarises the information relating to each of the Group’s subsidiaries that has material non-controlling 
interest (‘NCI’), before any intra-Group eliminations.

1 January 2021
Net assets attributable to NCI

Loss allocated to NCI
other comprehensive income allocated to NCI

3 January 2020
Net assets attributable to NCI

Loss allocated to NCI
other comprehensive income allocated to NCI

Individual 
immaterial 
subsidiaries
£m

Total
£m

(0.3)

(0.3)

–
–

Individual 
immaterial 
subsidiaries
£m

(0.3)

(0.3)
–

–
–

Total
£m

(0.3)

(0.3)
–

The individually immaterial subsidiaries include the share of results for Barpellam Inc, Bartech Belgium NV and Younifi Limited 
which are not wholly owned by the Group (note 27).

Page_103

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

27. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
The consolidated financial statements include those of the holding company, Impellam Group plc, and all of its subsidiaries. 
All subsidiaries have the same period end as the Group and are wholly owned at the period end unless otherwise specified.

800 The Boulevard 
Capability Green 
Luton 
LU1 3BA 
United Kingdom 

Level 2 
14 Martin Place 
Sydney 
NSW 2000 
Australia 

Straatsburgdok-Noordkaai 3 
2030 Antwerp, Belgium

Po Box 71, Road Town 
Tortola VG1110
British Virgin Islands

250 Howe Street
20th Floor Vancouver 
BC V6C 3R8
Canada 

Page_104

– Blue Arrow Financial Services Limited*
– Blue Arrow Holdings Limited
– Blue Arrow Limited
– BMS Limited
– Carbon60 Limited
– Career Teachers Limited
– Carlisle Cleaning Services Holdings Limited*
– Carlisle Events Services Limited*
– Carlisle Group Limited
– Carlisle Nominees Limited*
– Carlisle Staffing plc
– Carlisle Staffing Services Holdings Limited
– Carlisle Staffing Services Limited
– Celsian Group Limited
– Chadwick Nott (Holdings) Limited
– Chrysalis Community Care Group Limited
– Comensura Limited(a)
– Doctors on Call Limited
– Flexy Corporation Limited
– Global Group (UK) Limited
– Global Medics Limited
– Guidant Global-Europe Limited
– Impellam Holdings Limited
– Impellam UK Limited
– Laybridge Limited*
– Litmus Workforce Solutions Limited 
– Lorien Limited
– Lorien Resourcing Limited
– Medacs Global Group Limited
– Medacs Healthcare Australasia Group Limited
– Medacs Healthcare plc
– oneTrue Limited
– PRN Recruitment Limited
– Science Recruitment Group Limited
– Younifi Limited (90% owned)

– Allied Employment Group Pty Limited(b)
– Carbon60 Pty Limited(b)
– Comensura Pty Limited(b)
– Flexy Services Pty Limited(b)
– Global Medics Pty Limited(b)
– Litmus Workforce Solutions Pty Ltd(b)
– Medacs Healthcare (Pty) Limited(b)
– Medacs Healthcare Australia Pty Limited(b)

– Bartech Belgium NV(h) (73% owned)

– Sabertooth Services Limited 

– Bartech Technical Services of Canada Limited(c)
– Canada Corporate Employment Resources ULC(c)
– Global & Medical Recruitment Consultancy Inc.(c)
– Guidant Group Canada ULC(c)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Anna-Schneider-Steig 22
50678 Cologne, Germany

Beethovenplatz 2 
80336 Munich, Germany

– Guidant Global Germany GmbH(c)

– Impellam GmbH(c)

57/63 Line Wall Road, Gibraltar 

– Kenard Investments Limited

Block 9, Blackrock Business Park
Blackrock
Co. Dublin, A94 E4X2
Ireland

Via Filippo Turati 29 
20121 Milan, Italy

Rio Tiber 40 102 
Col Cuauhtemoc 06500
Cuauhtemoc, Distrito Federal, Mexico

Level 6, 3 Ferncroft Street 
Graft, Auckland 1010 
New Zealand 

oriental Center, Suite P1 
254 Muñoz Uñoz Rivera Avenue San Juan
PR 00918 Puerto Rico

133 New Bridge Road 
#10-05, Chinatown Point
Singapore 059413

Martin-Disteli-Strasse 9 
4600 olten, Switzerland 

2711 Centerville Road Suite 400
Wilmington 
Delaware 19808 
USA 

17199 N Laural Park Drive 
Suite 224 Livonia 
Michigan 48152 USA

– Carlisle Security (Holdings) Limited(e)
– Carlisle Security Limited(e)
– Carlisle Staffing Services Ireland Limited(e)
– Irish Recruitment Consultants Limited(e)
– Litmus Workforce Solutions Ireland Limited (h)
– Medacs Global Group Limited(h)

– Guidant Global Italy SRL(h)

– Bartech Mexico S, de RL de CV(c)

– Global Medics NZ Limited(f)
– Healthlink New Zealand Group Limited(f)
– Medacs Healthcare Limited(f)

– Guidant Global Puerto Rico Inc(c)

– Guidant Global SG Pte Ltd(g)
– Latitudes Group International Management Pte Limited(g)

– Carbon60 AG(d)
– Guidant Global Switzerland AG(d)

– Barpellam Inc (49% owned)(c)
– CER Canada Holding Inc.(c)
– Corestaff Support Services Inc.(c)
– Corporate Employment Resources Inc.(c)
– Corporate Services Group Holdings Inc.(c)
– Guidant Global Canada Holding Inc.(c)
– Guidant Global Holding Corporation(c)
– Guidant Global Inc.(c)
– Guidant Group Inc.(c)

– Bartech Mexico Holding LLC(c)
– Bartech Technical Services LLC(c)

Companies marked with a * above are exempt from the Companies Act 2006 requirements relating to the audit of their 
individual accounts by virtue of Section 480 of the Act relating to dormant companies. 

All subsidiaries are indirect holdings of the Company other than Impellam Holdings Ltd, Impellam UK Ltd and the Medacs 
Global Group Ltd which has its registered office in the UK.

Shares for all companies are classed as ordinary and a nominal value of £1 per share except as disclosed below:
(a) ‘A’ ordinary shares of £1
(b) ordinary shares of A$1
(c) Common stock with no par value
(d) ordinary shares of 1000 CHF 
(e) ordinary shares of €1.27 
(f) ordinary shares of NZ$1 
(g) ordinary shares of SG$1
(h) ordinary shares of €1

Page_105

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

27. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES CoNTINUED 
The Group owns 49% of the issued stock of Barpellam Inc but exercises control of the company in accordance with the 
definitions of power and exposure to variability in returns required under IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements.

The subsidiary undertakings listed below are exempt from the Companies Act 2006 requirements relating to the audit of their 
individual accounts by virtue of Section 479A of the Act as this Company has guaranteed the subsidiary company under Section 
479C of the Act:

Flexy Corporation Limited
Guidant Global-Europe Limited
Medacs Healthcare Australasia Group Limited
oneTrue Limited

Registered 
number

Class of 
shares held

09524785
07130856
03120991
01189888

ordinary
ordinary
ordinary
ordinary

ownership

1 January
2021

100%
100%
100%
100%

3 January
2020

100%
100%
100%
100%

Compensation of key management personnel of the Group
The Directors have considered the levels of responsibility delegated to senior management of the Group and have concluded 
that, in addition to the Directors themselves, disclosure should include the Senior Leadership Team which comprises the 
Company Secretary, the Chief Executives of Medacs Global Group, Lorien, Guidant Group, Impellam North America, 
Comensura and Impellam Australasia as well as the Chief Financial officer, Chief Commercial officer, the Chief Information 
officer, the Group Marketing Director and the Group Director of Talent. The total number of positions included in the 
disclosure is 17 (2019: 15). The Directors receive dividends in proportion to their shareholdings held during the current and 
prior periods.

Short-term employment benefits
Post-employment benefits
Compensation for loss of office

Total

1 January
2021
£m

3 January
2020
£m

4.3
0.2
–

4.5

3.0
0.2
0.2

3.4

Angela Entwistle is also a Director of a company called Deacon Street Partners Limited. The Group pays Deacon Street 
Partners Limited for its provision of Angela Entwistle’s services as a Non-Executive Director – £38,000 (2019: £40,000). 
The Group owed £4,000 to Deacon Street Partners Limited at the end of the period (2019: £8,000). Also, a company within 
the Impellam Group provides a payroll bureau service to Deacon Street Partners Limited for which no charge is made as the 
arm’s-length cost of such service is negligible. 

In 2016, a company within the Group advanced a loan of $1,300,000 to David Barfield, a Director of various Group companies. 
This loan is due for repayment on or before 25 January 2021 and $725,000 was outstanding at the period end (2019: 
$1,051,000). Interest accrues at a rate of 1.81% per annum and during the period $14,000 (2019: $23,000) interest had been 
accrued. David Barfield is also a significant shareholder in Bartech Acquisition Corporation LLC to whom the Group provides 
accounting and management services at an arm’s length rate. During the period, the Group charged Bartech Acquisition 
Corporation LLC $10,000 (2019: $249,000). At the end of the period, the Group wrote off $193,000 owed by Bartech 
Acquisition Corporation LLC leaving an amount owed to the Group $nil (2019: $183,000). Bartech Acquisition Corporation LLC 
is a shareholder in TechCentral LLC and the Group provides accounting and programme management services at an arm’s 
length rate to TechCentral LLC. During the period, the Group charged TechCentral $175,000 (2019: $155,000) for these 
services. At the end of the period, TechCentral LLC owed the Group $155,000 (2019: $133,000).

Page_106

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSDuring the period the Company entered into the following transactions with related parties who are not 100% owned by 
the Group.

1 January 2021
Barpellam Inc
Bartech Belgium NV
Younifi Limited

Total

3 January 2020
Barpellam Inc
Bartech Belgium NV
Younifi Limited

Total

Sale of 
services to 
related parties
£m

Purchase of 
services from 
related parties
£m

Amounts owed 
to related 
parties
£m

Amounts owed 
by related 
parties
£m

–
–
0.1

0.1

36.5
0.2
–

36.7

26.1
–
–

26.1

18.8
0.2
4.2

23.2

Sale of 
services to 
related parties
£m

Purchase of 
services from 
related parties
£m

Amounts owed 
to related 
parties
£m

Amounts owed 
by related 
parties
£m

–
–
1.1

1.1

40.4
0.1
–

40.5

33.7
–
–

33.7

17.2
0.2
3.8

21.2

Sales to related parties relate to expenditure transferred at cost to encourage the expansion of the related party. As these 
companies are controlled by the Group, no allowance has been made for bad and doubtful debts.

28. NET DEBT

3 January
2020
£m

IFRS 16 
adoption
£m

Cash and short-term deposits (note 18)
Bank overdraft (note 19)
Revolving credit (notes 20 and 21)
Hire purchase (notes 20 and 21)
Lease liabilities (note 13)
Lease debtors (note 13)

Net debt

132.3
(39.0)
(165.3)
(0.3)
(33.8)
7.3

(98.8)

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

Cash and short-term deposits (note 18)
Bank overdraft (note 19)
Revolving credit (notes 20 and 21)
Hire purchase (notes 20 and 21)
Lease liabilities (note 13)
Lease debtors (note 13)

Net debt

4 January
2019
£m

IFRS 16 
adoption
£m

117.1
(39.9)
(148.5)
(0.4)
–
–

(71.7)

–
–
–
–
(39.3)
10.4

(28.9)

Cash 
flow
£m

(9.2)
36.1
46.2
0.1
11.5
(3.2)

81.5

Cash 
flow
£m

22.2
0.9
(16.9)
0.1
12.1
(2.9)

15.5

Interest 
charged
£m

Interest 
paid
£m

 Drawdown
£m

Foreign 
exchange
£m

1 January
2021
£m

–
–
(4.4)
–
(0.8)
0.1

(5.1)

–
–
4.4
–
0.8
(0.1)

5.1

–
–
–
–
(3.9)
–

(3.9)

(5.2)
–
0.2
–
(0.3)
0.2

(5.1)

117.9
(2.9)
(118.9)
(0.2)
(26.5)
4.3

(26.3)

Interest 
charged
£m

Interest 
paid
£m

 Drawdown
£m

Foreign 
exchange
£m

3 January
2020
£m

0.2
–
(7.4)
–
(1.3)
0.3

(8.2)

(0.2)
–
6.5
–
1.3
(0.3)

7.3

–
–
–
–
(7.4)
–

(7.4)

(7.0)
–
1.0
–
0.8
(0.2)

(5.4)

132.3
(39.0)
(165.3)
(0.3)
(33.8)
7.3

(98.8)

The Group takes advantage of a number of non-recourse financing agreements organised by clients of the Group to allow for 
the acceleration of payment of the Group’s receivables. At the end of 2020, these amounted to £6.3m (2019: £12.6m). These 
agreements accrue interest at between 0.65% and 1.75% over LIBoR.

Page_107

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

29. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
The Group’s principal financial liabilities comprise bank overdrafts, revolving credit facilities, leases and trade payables. 
overdrafts and revolving credit facilities are used to satisfy short-term cash flow requirements. The main purpose of these 
financial liabilities is to raise finance for the Group’s trading operations. The Group also has various financial assets such as 
investments, trade receivables, cash and short-term deposits which arise directly from trading operations.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are set out below. The Board reviews and agrees policies for 
managing each of these risks and these are summarised below.

It is, and has been throughout the period under review, the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments such as 
derivatives shall be undertaken. The Group’s policy with regard to interest rate and foreign exchange contracts is to only 
hedge specific risks with a determinable date that arise from operations or financing.

Interest rate risk
None of the Group’s borrowings are at a fixed rate of interest. All borrowings are subject to changes in market interest rates, 
primarily the revolving credit facility, which is subject to floating rates. The floating rate borrowings are not exposed to 
changes in fair value; however, the Group is exposed to interest rate risk as costs increase if market rates rise or cash flow 
opportunity as costs decrease if market rates fall.

The Group also earns interest on credit bank balances at a floating rate of interest. The Group’s policy is to manage its interest 
rate cost by the use of variable rate debts while rates are low.

Interest rate risk table
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably (based upon market expectations for the next 12 months) 
possible change to interest rates, with all other variables held constant, of the Group’s profit before tax (through the impact 
of floating rate borrowings).

1 January 2021
Pound Sterling

US Dollar

3 January 2020
Pound Sterling

US Dollar

Increase/
decrease in basis 
points

Effect on profit 
before tax
£m

Effect 
on equity
£m

+50
-25

+50
-25

+50
-25

+50
-25

(0.6)
0.3

(0.1)
0.1

(0.8)
0.4

(0.2)
0.1

(0.5)
0.2

(0.1)
0.1

(0.6)
0.3

(0.1)
0.1

Liquidity risk
The Group’s funding strategy is to maintain funding flexibility through the use of cash, deposits, revolving credit facilities, 
overdrafts and leasing contracts. The Group aims to ensure that it has committed borrowing facilities in place in excess of 
its peak forecast borrowings for at least the next 12 months. Short-term flexibility is achieved by the use of deposits and 
revolving credit facilities.

Under the Group’s revolving credit facilities, £240m was available for drawdown (2019: £240m). The amount not utilised at 
1 January 2021 was £114.9m (2019: £69.9m). This facility also includes an accordion element of an additional £50m which could 
be added to the facility. There are no restrictions to the free transfer of funds between fully owned subsidiaries. The facility 
covers all territories the Group operates in. on 10 March 2020, the Group exercised the option to extend £220m of the facility 
by one year to 1 April 2023. The revolving credit facility includes financial covenants linked to the Group’s debtor cover, 
leverage cover and interest cover using adjusted EBITDA (before separately disclosed items and share-based payment) – 
note 3. At 3 January 2020, and throughout the period, the Group was in compliance with its financial covenants and expects 
to continue to be so. 

Page_108

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 1 January 2021 and 3 January 2020 based 
on contractual discounted payments.

1 January 2021
Revolving credit facilities (notes 20 and 21)
Trade and other payables (note 19)
Finance lease liabilities (notes 20 and 21)
Lease liabilities (note 13)

Total

Restated

3 January 2020
Revolving credit facilities (notes 20 and 21)
Trade and other payables (note 19)
Finance lease liabilities (notes 20 and 21)
Lease liabilities (note 13)

Total

On 
demand
£m

Less than 
3 months
£m

–
2.9
–
–

2.9

on 
demand
£m

–
39.0
–
–

39.0

–
446.5
–
2.3

444.4

Less than 
3 months
£m

1.4
444.7
–
2.8

448.9

3–12 
months
£m

–
22.1
0.1
6.9

28.7

3–12 
months
£m

23.2
19.5
0.1
7.9

50.7

1–5 
years
£m

118.9
–
0.1
13.0

134.9

1– 5 
years
£m

140.7
1.6
0.2
18.1

160.6

5 years 
or more
£m

–
–
–
4.3

4.3

5 years
or more
£m

–
–
–
5.0

5.0

Total
£m

118.9
471.5
0.2
26.5

617.1

Total
£m

165.3
504.8
0.3
33.8

704.2

Credit risk
The risk of financial loss due to a counterparty’s failure to honour its obligations arises principally in relation to transactions 
where the Group provides services on deferred terms (note 17).

Group policies are aimed at minimising such losses. It is the Group’s policy that all clients who wish to trade on credit terms are 
subject to credit verification procedures. In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result 
that the Group’s exposure to bad debts is kept to a minimum. The maximum exposure is the carrying amount as disclosed 
in note 17.

In February 2019, the Group purchased a credit risk policy. The policy covers all clients except public sector, local government 
and pay when paid contracts. There is a £500,000 aggregate first loss and maximum policy liability of £44.5m. 

With respect to credit risk from other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents and 
investments, the Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from the default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal 
to the carrying amount of these assets. These risks are primarily minimised by restricting deposits and investments to those 
available from well-established reputable, financial institutions.

At 1 January 2021, the maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables by geographic region was as follows.

UK
North America
Europe
Australasia

Total

1 January
2021
£m

228.4
295.0
20.0
23.8

567.2

3 January
2020
£m

264.1
267.9
20.7
27.7

580.4

Page_109

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

29. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES CoNTINUED
Foreign currency risk
The Group has a significant investment in its operations in North America with some smaller interests in Europe and 
Australasia. The Group’s consolidated balance sheet can be affected significantly by the movements in the US Dollar exchange 
rate; however, movements in the exchange rates for Euro, Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, Swiss Franc, New Zealand Dollar 
or other currencies have only a marginal impact on the Group’s results and balance sheet.

The Group does not hedge against the impact of exchange rate movements on the translation of foreign currency 
denominated profits. Transactional currency exposures across the Group are minimal.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the exchange rates:

1 January 2021
US Dollars

3 January 2020
US Dollars

Percentage 
change in rate

Effect on profit 
before tax
£m

Effect 
on equity
£m

+10
-10

+10
-10

0.8
(1.0)

0.9
(1.1)

0.3
(0.4)

0.3
(0.4)

Price risk
The Group has investments in marketable securities and as such is exposed to price risk. These securities are held in trust 
on behalf of certain US employees and the underlying risk is borne by those employees. The Group’s liability is limited to the 
market value of the securities (note 16).

Capital management
Capital consists of the total equity attributable to the equity holders of the Parent Company.

The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
to ensure that it maintains a good credit rating in order to support its business and maximise shareholder value. No changes 
were made to the objectives, policies or processes during either period.

The Group considers capital less any net cash as components of funding. It monitors funding by reference to its ability to 
borrow and to satisfy debt covenants. The principal measure is the EBITDA ratio, which is calculated by dividing the funding 
of the Group by the Group’s adjusted earnings before interest, tax, adjusted depreciation and amortisation.

Net debt (note 28)
Equity per balance sheet

Funding: total capital less net cash

1 January
2021
£m

26.3
218.8

245.1

3 January
2020
£m

98.8
246.5

345.3

The revolving credit facility included a financial covenant linked to the Group’s leverage. At 1 January 2021, and throughout 
the period, the Group was in compliance with this financial covenant whilst this facility was in place.

Page_110

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS30. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Set out below is a comparison by category of the carrying amounts and fair values of all the Group’s financial instruments that 
are carried in the consolidated balance sheet.

Financial assets
Investments (note 16)
other financial assets (non-current) (note 16)
other debtors
Cash and cash equivalents (note 18)

Financial liabilities
Bank overdraft (note 19)
Short-term borrowings (notes 20 and 21)
Long-term borrowings (notes 20 and 21)

1 January 2021

3 January 2020

Carrying  
amount
£m

Fair  
value
£m

Carrying  
amount
£m

1.2
0.4
0.5
117.9

2.9
0.1
119.0

1.2
0.4
0.5
117.9

2.9
0.1
119.0

1.0
0.5
0.8
132.3

39.0
24.7
140.9

Fair  
value
£m

1.0
0.5
0.8
132.3

39.0
24.7
140.9

The carrying value of trade receivables less impairment and trade payables are assumed to approximate fair value and are 
excluded from the above table.

Fair value estimation hierarchy:
•  Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
•  Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

(that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is derived from prices); and

•  Level 3 – Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy of assets measured at fair value:

1 January 2021
Investments (note 16)
other debtors

3 January 2020
Investments (note 16)
other debtors

Level 1
£m

1.2
0.5

Level 1
£m

1.0
0.8

Level 2
£m

–
–

Level 2
£m

–
–

Level 3
£m

–
–

Level 3
£m

–
–

Total
£m

1.2
0.5

Total
£m

1.0
0.8

Level 1
Market values, based on published prices, have been used to determine the fair value of the marketable investments included 
in other financial assets.

Fair value for short-term borrowings are equal to book value as they are repayable on demand and are subject to churn over 
a period of less than three months. 

Page_111

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

30. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CoNTINUED
Interest rate risk
At 1 January 2021 and 3 January 2020, none of the Group’s borrowings are at fixed rates of interest. The following table sets 
out the carrying amount, by maturity, of the Group’s financial instruments that are exposed to interest rate risk.

1 January 2021
Floating rate
Cash and short-term deposits (note 18)
Bank overdrafts (note 19)
Revolving credit facilities (notes 20 and 21)
Hire purchase (notes 20 and 21)

3 January 2020
Floating rate
Cash and short-term deposits (note 18)
Bank overdrafts (note 19)
Revolving credit facilities (notes 20 and 21)
Hire purchase (notes 20 and 21)

Within 
1 year
£m

117.9
(2.9)
–
(0.1)

Within 
1 year
£m

132.3
(39.0)
(24.6)
(0.1)

1–2 
years
£m

–
–
(118.9)
(0.1)

1–2 
years
£m

–
–
(140.7)
(0.2)

Total
£m

117.9
(2.9)
(118.9)
(0.2)

Total
£m

132.3
(39.0)
(165.3)
(0.3)

The effective interest rate on bank balances and other short-term deposits was less than 0.5% (2019: less than 0.5%). 
US deposit interest rates were less than 0.5% (2019: less than 0.5%).

Bank overdrafts and revolving credit borrowings are secured by a guarantee and debenture with a fixed charge over certain 
assets of the Company and the subsidiary undertakings concerned plus a floating charge over all other assets of the Company 
and those subsidiary undertakings, supported by a cross-guarantee given by the Company and the various subsidiary 
undertakings. Borrowings under these facilities incurred interest (including margin) between 1.35% and 2.30% over LIBoR 
rate (2019: between 1.35% and 2.30% over LIBoR rate). All interest is charged monthly in arrears (note 29).

Collateral pledged
The self-insured workers’ compensation liability described in note 22 is covered by insurers on the basis that collateral is 
provided sufficient to cover all potential claims. This collateral takes two forms:
•  £3.2m – $4.4m (2019: £3.4m – $4.4m) in the form of letters of credit drawn upon the revolving credit facility in the US; and
•  £0.4m – $0.5m (2019: £0.4m – $0.5m) in the form of cash deposits, shown on the balance sheet as non-current other 

financial assets (note 16).

31. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS – SHARE PURCHASE AND CANCELLATION
Between the end of the year and 30 March 2021, a further 78,916 ordinary shares of 1p each have been repurchased in the 
market for total consideration of £0.2m and have been cancelled.

32. CONTROL
The Group has identified Lord Ashcroft as the ultimate controlling party as he has influence over more than 50%, but less than 
75%, of both the shares and voting rights of Impellam Group plc and together with being Chairman of Impellam Group plc has 
significant influence over the Group.

Page_112

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCompany balance sheet

AS AT 1 JANUARY 2021

Non-current assets
Investments

Current assets
other receivables
Cash at bank and in hand

Other payables: amounts falling due within one period

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

other payables: amounts falling due in more than one period

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Called-up share capital
Share premium account
Merger reserve
other reserves
Retained profit

Total shareholders’ funds

Notes

1 January
2021

3 January
2020

3

4

5

6

8
8
9
9
9

150.1

150.1

250.1
1.2

251.3

261.6
0.8

262.4

(178.2)

(153.3)

73.1

223.2

(118.9)

104.3

0.5
30.1
19.0
–
54.7

109.1

259.2

(140.7)

118.5

0.5
30.1
19.0
–
68.9

10

104.3

118.5

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

The loss dealt with in the financial statements of the Company for the 52 weeks ended 1 January 2021 was £9.9m (2019: 
£11.4). Dividends totalling £nil (2019: £1.7m) were declared and paid during the period. As allowed by Section 408 of the 
Companies Act 2006, no separate profit and loss account is presented for the Parent Company.

The financial statements on pages 113 to 119 were approved by the Board on 7 April 2021 and are signed on its behalf by:

Tim Briant
Chief Financial Officer

Registered number: 06511961

Page_113

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Statement of changes in equity

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

Share capital 
and premium 
(note 8)
£m

other reserves
(note 9)
£m

Retained 
profit
£m

5 January 2019

30.6

19.0

Loss for the period
Purchase and cancellation of own shares (note 8)
Demerger charge

3 January 2020

4 January 2020
Loss for the period
Purchase and cancellation of own shares (note 8)

1 January 2021

–
–
–

30.6

30.6
–
–

30.6

–
–
–

19.0

19.0
–
–

19.0

92.8

(11.4)
(10.8)
(1.7)

68.9

68.9
(9.9)
(4.3)

54.7

Total 
reserves
£m

142.4

(11.4)
(10.8)
(1.7)

118.5

118.5
(9.9)
(4.3)

104.3

The Company has considered the profits available for distribution to shareholders. At 1 January 2021, the Company had 
retained earnings of £54.7m which were all available for distribution.

The Group also has retained profits in its subsidiary companies which are expected to flow up to the Company in due course to 
further supplement its distributable reserves position.

Page_114

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Company balance sheet

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
A) Basis of accounting
Impellam Group plc (‘the Company’) is a company incorporated and registered in England and Wales and domiciled in the UK.

In preparing these financial statements, the Company applies the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements of 
International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and has 
set out below where advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions has been taken.

Summary of disclosure exemptions
In these financial statements, the Company has applied the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of the 
following disclosures:
•  Comparative year reconciliations for share capital
•  A cash flow statement and related notes
•  Disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries
•  Disclosures in respect of capital management
•  The effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs
•  Disclosures in respect of the compensation of key management personnel.

As the consolidated financial statements of Impellam Group plc include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has also 
taken the exemptions under FRS 101 available in respect of the following disclosures:
•  Certain disclosures required by IAS 36 Impairment of Assets in respect of the impairment of investments
•  Certain disclosures required by IFRS 3 Business Combinations in respect of business combinations undertaken by the 

Company in the current and prior years including the comparative year reconciliation for goodwill

•  Certain disclosures required by IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement and the disclosures required by IFRS 7 Financial Instruments 

Disclosures.

The Company proposes to continue to adopt the reduced disclosure framework of FRS 101 in its next financial statements.

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all years presented in these 
financial statements.

A separate profit and loss account dealing with the results of the Company only has not been presented as permitted under 
Section 408 of the Companies Act.

Changes in accounting policy
None of the standards, interpretations and amendments effective for the first time from 1 January 2020 have had a material 
effect on the financial statements.

Accounting policies have been applied consistently.

B) Investments
Shares in subsidiary companies are held as fixed assets and are stated at cost less provision for impairment. Impairment 
reviews are conducted when changes in events or situations indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. More 
details of the impairment methodologies are given in note 14 of the consolidated accounts.

Page_115

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the Company balance sheet continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CoNTINUED
C) Other receivables 
other receivables include amounts owed by Group companies which are assessed for impairment based upon the current 
financial position and expected future performance of the subsidiary to which they relate. The transactions with Group 
companies are interest-free demand loans.

The Company applies the IFRS 9 general approach to measuring expected credit losses. This approach requires an assessment 
at the initiation of the loan as to the risk of default, and a further assessment when the credit risk profile of the loans change. 
IFRS 9 applies a three-stage model that is applied when calculating the expected credit losses:
•  Stage 1 is defined as having no Significant Increase in Credit Risk (‘SICR’) – a 12-month expected credit loss is recognised at 

this point

•  Stage 2 is defined as having a SICR – a lifetime expected credit loss is recognised at this point
•  Stage 3 is defined as being credit impaired – a lifetime expected credit loss is recognised at this point. 

There is no impact to any interest due to the Group company loans being interest free. 

The Company defines the following:
•  Definition of a default – A loan is considered to be in default when there is evidence that the borrower is in significant 

financial difficulty such that it will have insufficient assets to repay the loan on demand.

•  SICR assessment – The risk that the borrower will default on a demand loan depends on whether the subsidiary has 

sufficient cash or other assets to repay the loan immediately (meaning that the risk of default is very low and the loan is in 
Stage 1); or does not have sufficient cash or other assets to repay the loan immediately (meaning that the risk of default is 
higher, and the loan could be in Stage 2 or Stage 3). 

•  The Company performs this assessment qualitatively by reference to the borrower’s immediate cash flow and asset 

position.

•  Credit-impaired indicators – A loan is considered to be credit impaired if it meets the definition of a defaulted loan.

D) Deferred taxation
Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method, on temporary differences at the balance sheet date between the 
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised on an undiscounted basis for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward 
of unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against 
which the deductible temporary differences and the carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be 
utilised except:
•  where the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition 

• 

of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither 
the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and
in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, deferred tax assets are 
recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and 
taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it 
is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be 
utilised. Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each balance sheet date and are recognised to the extent 
that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the 
asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
at the balance sheet date. Income tax relating to items recognised directly in equity is recognised in equity and not in the 
income statement. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

Page_116

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
E) Employee benefits
Short-term benefits – bonus arrangements
The Company operates a number of annual bonus arrangements for Directors and employees. The cost of these arrangements 
is recognised in the income statement when the entity has an obligation to make such payments as a result of the achievement 
of performance targets and when a reliable estimate of this obligation can be made.

Pension obligations
The Company provides pension arrangements for its UK-based Directors and employees through defined contribution 
schemes. Contribution costs are expensed to the income statement as they become due.

2. OPERATING COSTS
•  The amount payable to the auditor in respect of the audit of the Company is £20,000 (2019: £20,000), all of which is payable 

to BDo LLP.

•  Details of emoluments for Directors can be found in note 5 of the consolidated financial statements.
•  Monthly average staff numbers (including Directors) for the Company during 2020 was 28, eight Directors/Company 

Secretary, nine managers and 11 administrators (2019: 32, eight Directors/Company Secretary, eight managers and 16 
administrators).

•  The total amount of employee costs charged to the Company’s income statement in the period is £4.5m (2019: £3.4m).

3. INVESTMENTS

Cost – 4 January 2020

Cost – 1 January 2021

Impairment provision – 4 January 2020
Charge for the period
Disposals

Accumulated amortisation – 1 January 2021

Net carrying value – 1 January 2021

Net carrying value – 3 January 2020

Subsidiary 
undertakings
£m

150.1

150.1

–
–
–

–

150.1

150.1

Details of the principal subsidiary undertakings are given in note 27 of the consolidated financial statements. All of these 
companies are unlisted.

Subsidiary undertakings
The carrying values of investments were tested against discounted future cash flows during the period using a discount 
rate of between 14.9% to 18.0% (2019: between 14.0% to 18.7%), which include a country risk premium. The forecasts were 
based on pre-tax cash flows derived from approved budgets for the 2021 financial period (2019: 2020 financial period). 
Management believes the forecasts are reasonably achievable. No impairment in carrying value was identified.

4. OTHER RECEIVABLES

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
other receivables
Prepayments

Total

1 January
2021
£m

238.7
10.9
0.5

250.1

3 January
2020
£m

246.2
14.9
0.5

261.6

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand and are not interest-bearing. These have been 
reviewed for any expected credit loss and a charge of £0.4m (2019: £1.3m) has been recorded in the period, bringing the total 
charge to £1.7m (2019: £1.3m).

Page_117

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Notes to the Company balance sheet continued

FoR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 1 JANUARY 2021

5. OTHER PAYABLES: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE PERIOD

Bank overdraft
Revolving credit facilities
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
Contract liabilities
Accruals and other payables

Total

1 January
2021
£m

2.9
–
171.6
1.3
2.4

178.2

3 January
2020
£m

39.0
24.6
86.7
1.2
1.8

153.3

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand and are not interest-bearing. Contract 
liabilities relate to amounts recharged to subsidiary undertakings for which the service has not been completed.

6. OTHER PAYABLES: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE IN MORE THAN ONE PERIOD

Revolving credit facilities

1 January
2021
£m

118.9

3 January
2020
£m

140.7

Details of security given over these liabilities are described in notes 29 and 30 to the consolidated accounts.

7. DEFERRED TAXATION

opening balance
Charged to profit and loss account in the period

Deferred tax asset

The total recognised and unrecognised deferred tax is as follows:

Assets

Losses
other short-term timing differences

Total

8. CALLED-UP SHARE CAPITAL

4 January 2019
Purchase and cancellation of own shares

3 January 2020
Purchase and cancellation of own shares

Total – 1 January 2021

1 January
2021
£m

–
–

–

3 January
2020
£m

0.2
(0.2)

–

Recognised 
1 January
2021
£m

Unrecognised
1 January
2021
£m

Recognised 
3 January
2020
£m

Unrecognised
3 January
2020
£m

–
–

–

0.2
–

0.2

–
–

–

0.2
–

0.2

Number of issued 
shares
Millions

Issued share 
capital
£m

Share premium 
account
£m

Total 
share capital
£m

49.7
(2.4)

47.3
(1.4)

45.9

0.5
–

0.5
–

0.5

30.1
–

30.1
–

30.1

30.6
–

30.6
–

30.6

In 2020, 1,413,789 ordinary shares of 1p each (2019: 2,410,855), representing 3.0% (2019: 4.8%) of the opening number of 
issued shares, were repurchased in the market for consideration of £4.3m (2019: £10.8m), and cancelled.

Impellam Group plc
The Company has no limit to its authorised share capital. The above number represents the number of allotted, fully paid 
shares of 1p in issue.

Page_118

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSDividend and dividend policy
In 2020, 1,413,789 ordinary shares of 1p each (2019: 2,410,855), representing 3.0% (2019: 4.8%) of the opening number of 
issued shares, were repurchased in the market for consideration of £4.3m (2019: £10.8m), and cancelled.

on 27 April 2020 the Board announced the suspension of the share buyback programme, though maintained authority to 
acquire shares on an ad hoc basis if deemed appropriate by the Board. on 30 June 2020, the Company announced it would 
reinstate the Share Purchase Plan for the period to the release of the interim statement and during this period purchased 
77,411 shares at a cost of £0.2m. From 31 July 2020, the Share Purchase Plan was once again suspended, though the Company 
retained the authorities to buy back shares in the future.

on 25 January 2021 the Company announced a new Share Purchase Plan allowing the Company to purchase ordinary shares 
to the value of £0.5m per calendar month up to the date of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting, currently due to be 
held on 29 June 2021.

9. RESERVES

3 January 2020
Loss for the period
Purchase and cancellation of own shares

1 January 2021

Merger 
reserve
£m

19.0
–
–

19.0

Retained 
profit
£m

68.9
(9.9)
(4.3)

54.7

Total 
reserves
£m

87.9
(9.9)
(4.3)

73.7

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arises under Section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 as a result of the acquisition of Bartech Holding 
Corporation and Lorien Limited using the issue of shares as part consideration. The excess of fair value over the nominal value 
of shares is transferred to a merger reserve rather than a share premium. This reserve is not distributable.

Other reserves
other reserves comprise the following:
•  £41,000 contributed surplus arising on a historical demerger transaction and a special reserve arising from the capital 

reduction in December 2012 (2019: £41,000); and

•  £47,000 capital redemption reserve arising from the purchase and cancellation of treasury shares (2019: £32,000). 

These reserves are non-distributable. All other reserves are distributable.

10. RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN SHAREHOLDERS’ FUNDS

Loss for the financial period
Purchase and cancellation of own shares
Demerger charge
opening shareholders’ funds

Closing shareholders’ funds

3 January
2021
£m

(9.9)
(4.3)
–
118.5

104.3

4 January
2020
£m

(11.4)
(10.8)
(1.7)
142.4

118.5

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Board is not aware of any related party transactions other than those disclosed in note 27 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

12. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS – SHARE PURCHASE AND CANCELLATION
Between the end of the year and 30 March 2021, a further 78,916 ordinary shares of 1p each have been repurchased in the 
market for total consideration of £0.2m and have been cancelled.

Page_119

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
In 2019 a number of items were reported as separately 
disclosed items, however due to ongoing review these have 
been restated as costs either within the relevant segment or 
corporate costs.

The amortisation of acquired intangibles (brand value and 
customer relationships) charge due to its size and nature is 
disclosed separately to give a comparable view of the 
year-on-year trading financial performance.

The impairment charge due to its size is disclosed separately 
to give a more comparable view of the year-on-year 
underlying financial performance.

SPEND UNDER MANAGEMENTΔ (‘SUM’)
Definition: Total amount of client expenditure which our 
Managed Services brands managed on behalf of their clients. 
This equates to revenue earned where Impellam acts as 
principal plus gross billings to customers where Impellam 
acts as agent.

Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Group revenue.

Rationale for adjustment: The Group uses this measure 
as it reflects the total value of the client spend to the Group, 
not just the revenue generated.

CONTINUING ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE 
(‘EPS’)
Definition: Continuing adjusted profit divided by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding 
during the year. 

Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Continuing basic earnings 
per share.

Rationale for adjustment: The Group uses this measure 
alongside the basic EPS calculation as it reflects the 
underlying trading performance of the business. 

IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Alternative Performance Measures

ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Certain discussions and analyses set out in this Annual Report 
and Accounts include measures which are not defined by 
generally accepted accounting principles such as IFRS. 
We believe this information, along with comparable IFRS 
measurements, is useful to investors because it provides 
a basis for measuring our operating performance on a 
comparable basis. our management uses these financial 
measures, along with the most directly comparable IFRS 
financial measures, in evaluating our operating performance 
and value creation. Non-IFRS financial measures should not 
be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, 
financial information presented in compliance with IFRS. 
Non-IFRS financial measures as reported by us may not be 
comparable with similarly titled amounts reported by 
other companies.

ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT
Definition: The Group calculates adjusted operating profit as 
operating profit before amortisation of acquired intangibles 
and impairment.

Closest equivalent IFRS measure: operating profit.

Rationale for adjustment: The Directors believe that 
adjusted operating profit is the most appropriate approach 
for ascertaining the underlying trading performance and 
trends as it reflects the measures used internally by senior 
management for all discussions of performance, including 
Directors’ remuneration, and also reflects the starting 
profit measure used when calculating the Group’s banking 
covenants. All discussions within the Group on segmental 
and individual brand performance refer to adjusted 
operating profit.

Following the adoption of IFRS 16 in 2019 the Group has 
moved from adjusted EBITDA to adjusted operating profit as 
its Alternative Performance Measure, to include depreciation 
and amortisation of assets but excluding amortisation of 
acquired intangibles.

Reconciliation of adjusted operating (loss)/profit to 
operating profit:

Segmental adjusted operating 

profit

Corporate costs

Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation of brand value and 

customer relationships

Impairment of intangible assets

Operating profit

2020
£m

23.3
(5.1)

18.2

(11.0)
(22.2)

(15.0)

2019
£m

35.7
(4.6)

31.1

(10.2)
(7.0)

13.9

Page_120

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSReconciliation of adjusted EPS to basic EPS:
2020
£m

Continuing profit for the period
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangibles 

(net of tax)

Customer relationship and brand 
value amortisation (net of tax)

Continuing adjusted profit

Weighted average number of 

(21.4)
16.6

4.5

8.6

8.3

2019
£m

4.8
1.6

4.4

8.2

19.0

NET DEBT EXCLUDING IFRS 16 ‘LEASES’
Definition: The Group calculates net debt as the total of cash 
and short-term deposits, revolving credit and hire purchase. 
Following the adoption of IFRS 16 the calculation also 
includes lease liabilities and debtors.

Rationale for adjustment: The Group has used this measure 
to maintain alignment to the covenant reporting during 
2020.

Reconciliation of net debt excluding IFRS 16 to net debt:

shares

46,208,380

48,543,107

Unadjusted continuing EPS

Adjusted continuing EPS

(46.2)

18.2

9.8

39.2

Cash and short-term deposits
Bank overdraft
Revolving credit
Hire purchase

Net debt excluding IFRS 16
Lease liabilities
Lease debtors

Net debt

2020
£m

117.9
(2.9)
(118.9)
(0.2)

(4.1)
(26.5)
4.3

(26.3)

2019
£m

132.3
(39.0)
(165.3)
(0.3)

(72.3)
(33.8)
7.3

(98.8)

Page_121

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Glossary

Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA before separately disclosed items and impairment of goodwill

Adjusted EBITDA Conversion Ratio

Adjusted EBITDA divided by NFI/gross profit

Adjusted Operating Profit

Beautiful Basics

Business Process Outsourcing (‘BPO’)

Cash Conversion

Constant Exchange Rates

Contingent Labour

Cross-sell

operating profit before amortisation of, and impairment in, acquired 
intangibles

Every brand in Impellam makes a simple promise to its customers and 
candidates and then backs that promise up with whatever activities are 
needed to fulfil, sustain and deliver the brand promise. We call these 
promises the Beautiful Basics

Solutions which help businesses address back office needs strategically 
and increase operational efficiency

Net cash from operating activities divided by operating profit

Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the 
current year foreign currency exchange rate

Temporary and contract workers

All Impellam people are encouraged to refer new business leads to one 
another. This happens when a consultant identifies an opportunity that is 
outside the scope of the brand specialism and it will be referred to a brand 
within the Group which is aligned to the requirement

CRM

Customer relationship management

Days Sales Outstanding (‘DSO’)

Total trade receivables divided by average daily invoiced sales

EBITDA

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation

Facilities Management

Providing cleaning, security, events and retail facilities support services

GDPR

Group Fill

High Road

Hybrid Vendor

IFRS

Ignite

General Data Protection Regulation which came into force on 5 May 2018

The percentage of Spend Under Management ∆ supplied from our Group 
brands into our Managed Services programmes

Impellam provides good work for people and people for good work. We focus 
on partnering with organisations that value engaged, fulfilled people which 
serves to drive clear market segmentation and a compelling price point

Assignments are filled by a combination of suppliers that we manage for 
the client and are filled directly by the Managed Services provider (including 
Group supply)

International Financial Reporting Standards

CRM (customer relationship management), our recruiter operating system

Independent Contractor Solutions

Helping to reduce the risk and cost of worker misclassification

Managed Services

These businesses optimise the productivity of people by designing, 
implementing, coordinating and reporting on the whole staffing process. 
They provide multi-disciplinary workforce solutions, including all forms 
of partial and complete outsourcing

Managed Services Programme (‘MSP’)

The outsourcing of contingent labour

Master Vendor

Net Debt

Net Fee Income (‘NFI’)

Neutral Vendor

Page_122

The majority of assignments are filled by the Managed Services provider 
(including Group supply) and second-tier agencies are used when the 
Managed Services provider is unable to supply

Total debt of the Group less cash in hand

Equivalent to gross profit

Assignments are filled by suppliers that we manage for the client, where 
the Managed Services provider does not form part of the supply chain

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNon-UK

Origin

Payroll Services

Productivity 

Recruitment Process Outsourcing (‘RPO’)

ShiftWise

Specialist Staffing

Spend Under Management (‘SUM’)

Statement of Work (‘SOW’)

Value Chain

Vendor Management System (‘VMS’)

Vertical Specialist Managed Services

Virtuosity

Virtuoso

Virtuous Circle

Virtuoso Way

All countries Impellam operates in outside of the UK. This is the US, 
Australasia and Europe (excluding the UK)

our innovation hub that acquires, invests in and partners with disruptive 
start-ups in our markets as well as backing our Virtuosos’ ideas

Provide access to a fully compliant framework for managing and paying 
contingent staff

Gross profit divided by Full Time Equivalent ('FTE') heads

Where a client outsources the management of the recruitment function 
(in whole or part) to a third party expert

Technology solution for the NHS to build our Managed Services capability

Dedicated brands which provide expert recruitment services and skilled 
workers for permanent, temporary, contact and fixed-price work

Total amount of client expenditure which our Managed Services brands 
managed on behalf of their clients. This equates to revenue earned where 
Impellam acts as principal plus gross billings to customers where Impellam 
acts as agent

Solutions for spend in complex categories of service which include supplier 
management, requisition facilitation, contract writing, negotiations and 
invoicing and settlement support services

Different parts of our business share the belief that meaningful work really 
matters to individuals, communities, societies and economies so they can 
work together to create value that is greater than the sum of the parts

VMS technology enables the full procure-to-pay process, while providing 
robust reporting and analytics

our brands which have specialist focus and expertise delivering sector 
or function staffing solutions

Virtuosity is the art of seeing possibilities where others see none. It is a 
mindset that enables our people to adapt with agility to changing market 
conditions

People who see possibilities and can tune in to the needs of our customers 
and candidates

A virtuous circle is at the core of our high-retention model. It provides the 
continuous loop of making and keeping promises, which engenders trust  
and ultimately builds loyalty

our consistent, collaborative Group-wide culture, based on trusted 
behaviours, delivered by entrepreneurial leaders. At the heart of building 
trust is the everyday practice in which people make promises to each other  
to bring about a future that benefits all

Page_123

STRATEGIC REPORT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
IMPELLAM GRoUP PLC_ANNUAL REPoRT AND ACCoUNTS_2020

Company information

Impellam is a leading Global Talent Acquisition and Managed Workforce Solutions provider supported by talent-focused 
specialist staffing brands with deep heritages, vertical sector expertise and loyal candidate networks.

Clients across the world trust us to deliver Managed Services and talent-focused Specialist Staffing in the UK, North America, 
Australasia and Europe. Working with them are 2,500 Impellam people, bringing a wealth of expertise through our 14 market-
leading brands across 76 locations. Every year, we connect carefully chosen candidates with good work at all levels. They 
include technology and digital specialists, scientists, clinical experts, engineers, nurses, doctors, lawyers, teachers, 
receptionists, drivers, chefs, administrators, warehouse and call centre operatives.

Underpinning everything we do is our Virtuoso strategy which recognises it is our people who make the difference. Virtuosos 
make and deliver on promises and grow with their customers through sector, service or international expansion which ensures 
there is never a need for a customer or candidate to leave Impellam. Impellam is the seventh1 largest Global Talent Acquisition 
and Managed Workforce Solutions provider in the world. 

For more information about Impellam Group, please visit: www.impellam.com

Nominated advisers and brokers
Canaccord Genuity Limited
88 Wood Street
London
EC2V 7QR

Principal solicitors 
Allen & overy LLP 
one Bishops Square 
London E1 6AD

Registrars
Link Group 
10th Floor, Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds LS1 4DL

Principal bankers
Barclays Bank plc 
1 Churchill Place 
London E14 5HP

Independent auditor
BDo LLP
55 Baker Street
London W1U 7EU

Registered address 
Impellam Group plc 
800 The Boulevard 
Capability Green 
Luton
Bedfordshire LU1 3BA

Registered number
06511961

LSE symbol
IPEL

1 By revenue (2019 published numbers)

Page_124

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSrevive silk is a white triple coated sheet, 
manufactured from FSC® Recycled certified fibre 
derived from 100% pre and post-consumer waste.

revive 50 silk is a high white triple coated paper 
manufactured a combination of 50% Fsc® recycled 
and 50% FSC® Mix virgin fibre pulp.

 
I

M

P

E

L

L

A

M

G

R

O

U

P

P

L

C

_

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

_

2

0

2

0

IMPELLAM GROUP PLC
800 The Boulevard
Capability Green
Luton
Bedfordshire LU1 3BA

Registered number: 06511961

www.impellam.com